1mAthena Widget Set -- C Language Interface0m 1mX Window System0m 1mX Version 11, Release 6.40m Chris D. Peterson formerly MIT X Consortium X Window System is a trademark of X Consortium, Inc. Copyright © 1985, 1986, 1987, 1988, 1989, 1991, 1994 X Con- sortium Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documenta- tion files (the ``Software''), to deal in the Software with- out restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the fol- lowing conditions: The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS'', WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PUR- POSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE X CONSOR- TIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Con- sortium shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from the X Consortium. Copyright © 1985, 1986, 1987, 1988, 1989, 1991 Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts. Permission to use, copy, modify and distribute this documen- tation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above copyright notice appears in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permis- sion notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be used in in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific, written prior permission. Digital makes no representations about the suitability of the software described herein for any purpose. It is provided ``as is'' without express or implied warranty. 1mAcknowledgments0m Many thanks go to Ralph Swick (Project Athena / Digital) who has contributed much time and effort to this widget set. Previous versions of the widget set are largely due to his time and effort. Many of the improvements that I have been able to make are because he provided a solid foundation to build upon. While much of the effort has been Ralph's, many other people have contributed to the code. Mark Ackerman (formerly Project Athena) Donna Converse (MIT X Consortium) Jim Fulton (formerly MIT X Consortium) Loretta Guarino-Reid (Digital WSL) Charles Haynes (Digital WSL) Rich Hyde (Digital WSL) Mary Larson (Digital UEG) Joel McCormack (Digital WSL) Ron Newman (formerly Project Athena) Jeanne Rich (Digital WSL) Terry Weissman (formerly Digital WSL) While not much remains of the X10 toolkit, many of the ideas for this widget set come from that original version. The design and implementation of the X10 toolkit were done by: Mike Gancarz (formerly Digital UEG) Charles Haynes (Digital WSL) Phil Karlton (formerly Digital WSL) Kathleen Langone (Digital UEG) Mary Larson (Digital UEG) Ram Rao (Digital UEG) Smokey Wallace (formerly Digital WSL) Terry Weissman (formerly Digital WSL) I have used the formatting ideas, and some of the words from previous versions of this document. The X11R3 Athena widget document was written by: Ralph R. Swick (Project Athena/ Digital) Terry Weissman (formerly Digital WSL) Al Mento (Digital UEG) Putting this manual together was a major task in and of itself. I would like to thank Ralph Swick, Donna Converse, 1mv0m and Jim Fulton for taking the time to help convert my tech- nical knowledge into legible text. A special thanks to Jean Diaz (O'Reilly and Associates) for spending nearly a month with me working out all the annoying little details. Chris D. Peterson MIT X Consortium 1989 The R5 edition of this document has been edited by the research staff of the MIT X Consortium, with significant contributions by Jim Fulton (NCD). Donna Converse MIT X Consortium 1991 The R6 edition of this document has been edited to reflect changes brought about by research staff of the Omron Corpo- ration, with special recognition to Li Yuhong, Seiji Kuwari, and Hiroshi Kuribayashi for the X11R5/contrib/lib/Xaw inter- nationalization that inspired this version. Frank Sheeran Omron Corporation 1994 1mvi0m 1mChapter 10m 1mAthena Widgets and The Intrinsics0m The X Toolkit is made up of two distinct pieces, the Xt Intrinsics and a widget set. The Athena widget set is a sample implementation of a widget set built upon the Intrin- sics. In the X Toolkit, a widget is the combination of an X window or subwindow and its associated input and output semantics. Because the Intrinsics provide the same basic functionality to all widget sets it may be possible to use widgets from the Athena widget set with other widget sets based upon the Intrinsics. Since widget sets may also implement private protocols, all functionality may not be available when mix- ing and matching widget sets. For information about the Intrinsics, see the 4mX24m 4mToolkit24m 4mIntrinsics24m 4m--24m 4mC24m 4mLanguage0m 4mInterface24m. The Athena widget set is a library package layered on top of the Intrinsics and Xlib that provides a set of user inter- face tools sufficient to build a wide variety of applica- tions. This layer extends the basic abstractions provided by X and provides the next layer of functionality primarily by supplying a cohesive set of sample widgets. Although the Intrinsics are a Consortium standard, there is no standard widget set. To the extent possible, the Intrinsics are "policy-free". The application environment and widget set, not the Intrin- sics, define, implement, and enforce: · Policy · Consistency · Style Each individual widget implementation defines its own pol- icy. The X Toolkit design allows for, but does not neces- sarily encourage, the free mixing of radically differing widget implementations. 1m1.1. Introduction to the X Toolkit0m The X Toolkit provides tools that simplify the design of application user interfaces in the X Window System program- ming environment. It assists application programmers by providing a set of common underlying user-interface 1m10m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m functions. It also lets widget programmers modify existing widgets, by subclassing, or add new widgets. By using the X Toolkit in their applications, programmers can present a similar user interface across applications to all worksta- tion users. The X Toolkit consists of: · A set of Intrinsics functions for building widgets · An architectural model for constructing widgets · A widget set for application programming While the majority of the Intrinsics functions are intended for the widget programmer, a subset of the Intrinsics func- tions are to be used by application programmers (see 4mX0m 4mToolkit24m 4mIntrinsics24m 4m--24m 4mC24m 4mLanguage24m 4mInterface24m). The architec- tural model lets the widget programmer design new widgets by using the Intrinsics and by combining other widgets. The application interface layers built on top of the X Toolkit include a coordinated set of widgets and composition poli- cies. Some of these widgets and policies are specific to a single application domain, and others are common to a vari- ety of applications. The remainder of this chapter discusses the X Toolkit and Athena widget set: · Terminology · Model · Conventions used in this manual · Format of the Widget Reference Chapters 1m1.2. Terminology0m In addition to the terms already defined for X programming (see 4mXlib24m 4m--24m 4mC24m 4mLanguage24m 4mX24m 4mInterface24m), the following terms are specific to the Intrinsics and Athena widget set and used throughout this document. 1mApplication programmer0m A programmer who uses the X Toolkit to produce an application user interface. 1mChild0m A widget that is contained within another "parent" wid- get. 1m20m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m 1mClass0m The general group to which a specific object belongs. 1mClient0m A function that uses a widget in an application or for composing other widgets. 1mFullName0m The name of a widget instance appended to the full name of its parent. 1mInstance0m A specific widget object as opposed to a general widget class. 1mMethod0m A function or procedure implemented by a widget class. 1mName0m The name that is specific to an instance of a widget for a given client. This name is specified at creation time and cannot be modified. 1mObject0m A data abstraction consisting of private data and pri- vate and public functions that operate on the private data. Users of the abstraction can interact with the object only through calls to the object's public func- tions. In the X Toolkit, some of the object's public functions are called directly by the application, while others are called indirectly when the application calls the common Intrinsics functions. In general, if a function is common to all widgets, an application uses a single Intrinsics function to invoke the function for all types of widgets. If a function is unique to a single widget type, the widget exports the function. 1mParent0m A widget that contains at least one other ("child") widget. A parent widget is also known as a composite widget. 1mResource0m A named piece of data in a widget that can be set by a client, by an application, or by user defaults. 1m30m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m 1mSuperclass0m A larger class of which a specific class is a member. All members of a class are also members of the super- class. 1mUser0m A person interacting with a workstation. 1mWidget0m An object providing a user-interface abstraction (for example, a Scrollbar widget). 1mWidget class0m The general group to which a specific widget belongs, otherwise known as the type of the widget. 1mWidget programmer0m A programmer who adds new widgets to the X Toolkit. 1m1.3. Underlying Model0m The underlying architectural model is based on the following premises: Widgets are X windows Every user-interface widget is associated with an X window. The X window ID for a widget is readily avail- able from the widget. Standard Xlib calls can be used by widgets for many of their input and output opera- tions. Information hiding The data for every widget is private to the widget and its subclasses. That is, the data is neither directly accessible nor visible outside of the module implement- ing the widget. All program interaction with the wid- get is performed by a set of operations (methods) that are defined for the widget. 1m40m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m Widget semantics and widget layout geometry Widget semantics are clearly separated from widget lay- out geometry. Widgets are concerned with implementing specific user-interface semantics. They have little control over issues such as their size or placement relative to other widget peers. Mechanisms are pro- vided for associating geometric managers with widgets and for widgets to make suggestions about their own geometry. 1m1.4. Conventions Used in this Manual0m · All resources available to the widgets are listed with each widget. Many of these are available to more than one widget class due to the object oriented nature of the Intrinsics. The new resources for each widget are listed in bold text, and the inherited resources are listed in plain text. · Global symbols are printed in 1mbold 22mand can be function names, symbols defined in include files, or structure names. Arguments are printed in 4mitalics24m. · Each function is introduced by a general discussion that distinguishes it from other functions. The func- tion declaration itself follows, and each argument is specifically explained. General discussion of the function, if any is required, follows the arguments. Where applicable, the last paragraph of the explanation lists the return values of the function. · To eliminate any ambiguity between those arguments that you pass and those that a function returns to you, the explanations for all arguments that you pass start with the word 4mspecifies24m or, in the case of multiple argu- ments, the word 4mspecify24m. The explanations for all argu- ments that are returned to you start with the word 4mreturns24m or, in the case of multiple arguments, the word 4mreturn24m. The explanations for all arguments that you can pass and are returned start with the words 4mspeci-0m 4mfies24m 4mand24m 4mreturns24m. · Any pointer to a structure that is used to return a value is designated as such by the 4m_return24m suffix as part of its name. All other pointers passed to these functions are used for reading only. A few arguments use pointers to structures that are used for both input and output and are indicated by using the 4m_in_out24m suf- fix. 1m50m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m 1m1.5. Format of the Widget Reference Chapters0m The majority of this document is a reference guide for the Athena widget set. Chapters three through six give the pro- grammer all information necessary to use the widgets. The layout of the chapters follows a specific pattern to allow the programmer to easily find the desired information. The first few pages of every chapter give an overview of the widgets in that section. Widgets are grouped into chapters by functionality. Chapter 3 Simple Widgets Chapter 4 Menus Chapter 5 Text Widgets Chapter 6 Composite and Constraint Widget Following the introduction will be a description of each widget in that chapter. When no functional grouping is obvious the widgets are listed in alphabetical order, such as in chapters three and six. The first section of each widget's description is a table that contains general information about this widget class. Here is the table for the Box widget, and an explanation of all the entries. Application Header file Class Header file Class boxWidgetClass Class Name Box Superclass Composite 1mApplication Header File0m This file must be included when an application uses this widget. It usu- ally contains the class definition, and some resource macros. This is often called the ``public'' header file. 1mClass Header File 22mThis file will only be used by widget programmers. It will need to be included by any widget that subclasses this widget. This is often called the 1m60m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m ``private'' header file. 1mClass 22mThis is the widget class of this widget. This global symbol is passed to 1mXtCre-0m 1mateWidget 22mso that the Intrinsics will know which type of widget to create. 1mClass Name 22mThis is the resource name of this class. This name can be used in a resource file to match any widget of this class. 1mSuperclass 22mThis is the superclass that this widget class is descended from. If you under- stand how the superclass works it will allow you to more quickly understand what this widget does, since much of its functionality may be inherited from its superclass. After this table follows a general description of the default behavior of this widget, as seen by the user. In many cases this functionality may be overridden by the application programmer, or by the user. The next section is a table showing the name, class, type and default value of each resource that is available to this widget. There is also a column containing notes describing special restrictions placed upon individual resources. A This resource may be automatically adjusted when another resource is changed. C This resource is only settable at widget creation time, and may not be modified with 1mXtSetValues22m. D Do not modify this resource. While setting this resource will work, it can cause unexpected behavior. When this symbol appears there is another, preferred, interface provided by the X Toolkit. R This resource is READ-ONLY, and may not be modified. After the resource table is a detailed description of every resource available to that widget. Many of these are redun- dant, but printing them with each widget saves page flip- ping. The names of the resources that are inherited are printed in plain text, while the names of the resources that are new to this class are printed in 1mbold22m. If you have already read the description of the superclass you need only pay attention to the resources printed in bold. For each composite widget there is a section on layout semantics that follows the resource description. This 1m70m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m section will describe the effect of constraint resources on the layout of the children, as well as a general description of where it prefers to place its children. Descriptions of default translations and action routines come next, for widgets to which they apply. The last item in each widget's documentation is the description of all convenience routines provided by the widget. 1m1.6. Input Focus0m The Intrinsics define a resource on all Shell widgets that interact with the window manager called 1minput22m. This resource requests the assistance of window manager in acquiring the input focus. The resource defaults to 1mFalse0m in the Intrinsics, but is redefined to default to 1mTrue 22mwhen an application is using the Athena widget set. An applica- tion programmer may override this default and set the resource back to 1mFalse 22mif the application does not need the window manager to give it the input focus. See the 4mX24m 4mTool-0m 4mkit24m 4mIntrinsics24m 4m--24m 4mC24m 4mLanguage24m 4mInterface24m for details on the 4minput24m resource. 1m80m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m 1mChapter 20m 1mUsing Widgets0m Widgets serve as the primary tools for building a user interface or application environment. The Athena widget set consists of primitive widgets that contain no children (for example, a command button) and composite widgets which may contain one or more widget children (for example, a Box wid- get). The remaining chapters explain the widgets that are provided by the Athena widget set. These user-interface components serve as an interface for application programmers who do not want to implement their own widgets. In addition, they serve as a starting point for those widget programmers who, using the Intrinsics mechanisms, want to implement alterna- tive application programming interfaces. This chapter is a brief introduction to widget programming. The examples provided use the Athena widgets, though most of the concepts will apply to all widget sets. Although there are several programming interfaces to the X Toolkit, only one is described here. A full description of the program- ming interface is provided in the document 4mX24m 4mToolkit24m 4mIntrin-0m 4msics24m 4m--24m 4mC24m 4mLanguage24m 4mInterface24m. 1m2.1. Setting the Locale0m If it is desirable that the application take advantage of internationalization (i18n), you must establish locale with 4mXtSetLanguageProc24m before 1mXtDisplayInitialize 22mor 1mXtAppIni-0m 1mtialize 22mis called. For full details, please refer to the document 4mX24m 4mToolkit24m 4mIntrinsics24m 4m--24m 4mC24m 4mLanguage24m 4mInterface24m, sec- tion 2.2. However, the following simplest-case call is suf- ficient in many or most applications. XtSetLanguageProc(NULL, NULL, NULL); Most notably, this will affect the Standard C locale, deter- mine which resource files will be loaded, and what fonts will be required of FontSet specifications. In many cases, the addition of this line is the only source change required to internationalize Xaw programs, and will not disturb the function of programs in the default "C" locale. 1m90m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m 1m2.2. Initializing the Toolkit0m You must call a toolkit initialization function before invoking any other toolkit routines (besides locale setting, above). 4mXtAppInitialize24m opens the X server connection, parses the command line, and creates an initial widget that will serve as the root of a tree of widgets created by this application. Widget XtAppInitialize(4mapp_context_return24m, 4mapplication_class24m, 4moptions24m, 4mnum_options24m, 4margc_in_out24m, 4margv_in_out24m, 4mfallback_resources24m, 4margs24m, 4mnum_args24m) XtAppContext *4mapp_context_return24m; String 4mapplication_class24m; XrmOptionDescRec 4moptions24m[]; Cardinal 4mnum_options24m; int *4margc_in_out24m; String *4margv_in_out24m[]; String *4mfallback_resources24m; ArgList 4margs24m; Cardinal 4mnum_args24m; 4mapp_con_return24m Returns the application context of this application, if non-NULL. 4mapplication_class0m Specifies the class name of this application, which is usually the generic name for all instances of this application. A useful con- vention is to form the class name by capital- izing the first letter of the application name. For example, the application named ``xman'' has a class name of ``Xman''. 4moptions24m Specifies how to parse the command line for any application-specific resources. The options argument is passed as a parameter to 4mXrmParseCommand24m. For further information, see 4mXlib24m 4m--24m 4mC24m 4mLanguage24m 4mX24m 4mInterface24m. 4mnum_options24m Specifies the number of entries in the options list. 4margc_in_out24m Specifies a pointer to the number of command line parameters. 4margv_in_out24m Specifies the command line parameters. 4mfallback_resources0m Specifies resource values to be used if the site-wide application class defaults file cannot be opened, or NULL. 1m100m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m 4margs24m Specifies the argument list to use when cre- ating the Application shell. 4mnum_args24m Specifies the number of arguments in 4margs24m. This function will remove the command line arguments that the toolkit reads from 4margc_in_out24m, and 4margv_in_out24m. It will then attempt to open the display. If the display can- not be opened, an error message is issued and XtAppInitial- ize terminates the application. Once the display is opened, all resources are read from the locations specified by the Intrinsics. This function returns an ApplicationShell wid- get to be used as the root of the application's widget tree. 1m2.3. Creating a Widget0m Creating a widget is a three-step process. First, the wid- get instance is allocated, and various instance-specific attributes are set by using 1mXtCreateWidget22m. Second, the widget's parent is informed of the new child by using 1mXtMan-0m 1mageChild22m. Finally, X windows are created for the parent and all its children by using 1mXtRealizeWidget 22mand specifying the top-most widget. The first two steps can be combined by using 1mXtCreateManagedWidget22m. In addition, 1mXtRealizeWidget0m is automatically called when the child becomes managed if the parent is already realized. To allocate, initialize, and manage a widget, use 4mXtCreateM-0m 4managedWidget24m. Widget XtCreateManagedWidget(4mname24m, 4mwidget_class24m, 4mparent24m, 4margs24m, 4mnum_args24m) String 4mname24m; WidgetClass 4mwidget_class24m; Widget 4mparent24m; ArgList 4margs24m; Cardinal 4mnum_args24m; 4mname24m Specifies the instance name for the created widget that is used for retrieving widget resources. 4mwidget_class0m Specifies the widget class pointer for the created widget. 4mparent24m Specifies the parent widget ID. 4margs24m Specifies the argument list. The argument list is a variable-length list composed of name and value pairs that contain information pertaining to the specific widget instance being created. For fur- ther information, see Section 2.7.2. 1m110m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m 4mnum_args24m Specifies the number of arguments in the argument list. If the num_args is zero, the argument list is never referenced. When a widget instance is successfully created, the widget identifier is returned to the application. If an error is encountered, the 4mXtError24m routine is invoked to inform the user of the error. For further information, see 4mX24m 4mToolkit24m 4mIntrinsics24m 4m--24m 4mC24m 4mLan-0m 4mguage24m 4mInterface24m. 1m2.4. Common Resources0m Although a widget can have unique arguments that it under- stands, all widgets have common arguments that provide some regularity of operation. The common arguments allow arbi- trary widgets to be managed by higher-level components with- out regard for the individual widget type. Widgets will ignore any argument that they do not understand. The following resources are retrieved from the argument list or from the resource database by all of the Athena widgets: -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1mName Class Type Default Value0m -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- accelerators Accelerators AcceleratorTable NULL ancestorSensitive AncestorSensitive Boolean True background Background Pixel XtDefaultBackground backgroundPixmap Pixmap Pixmap XtUnspecifiedPixmap borderColor BorderColor Pixel XtDefaultForeground borderPixmap Pixmap Pixmap XtUnspecifiedPixmap borderWidth BorderWidth Dimension 1 colormap Colormap Colormap Parent's Colormap depth Depth int Parent's Depth destroyCallback Callback XtCallbackList NULL height Height Dimension 4mwidget24m 4mdependent0m mappedWhenManaged MappedWhenManaged Boolean True screen Screen Screen Parent's Screen sensitive Sensitive Boolean True translations Translations TranslationTable 4mwidget24m 4mdependent0m width Width Dimension 4mwidget24m 4mdependent0m x Position Position 0 y Position Position 0 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- The following additional resources are retrieved from the argument list or from the resource database by many of the Athena widgets: 1m120m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m ------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1mName Class Type Default Value0m ------------------------------------------------------------------------ callback Callback XtCallbackList NULL cursor Cursor Cursor 4mwidget24m 4mdependent0m foreground Foreground Pixel XtDefaultForeground insensitiveBorder Insensitive Pixmap GreyPixmap ------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1m2.5. Resource Conversions0m Most resources in the Athena widget set have a converter registered that will translate the string in a resource file to the correct internal representation. While some are obvious (string to integer, for example), others need spe- cific mention of the allowable values. Three general con- verters are described here: · Cursor · Pixel · Bitmap Many widgets have defined special converters that apply only to that widget. When these occur, the documentation section for that widget will describe the converter. 1m2.5.1. Cursor Conversion0m The value for the 1mcursorName 22mresource is specified in the resource database as a string, and is of the following forms: · A standard X cursor name from 1m< X11/cursorfont.h >22m. The names in 1mcursorfont.h 22meach describe a specific cur- sor. The resource names for these cursors are exactly like the names in this file except the 1mXC_ 22mis not used. The cursor definition 1mXC_gumby 22mhas a resource name of 1mgumby22m. · Glyphs, as in 4mFONT24m 4mfont-name24m 4mglyph-index24m 4m[[24m 4mfont-name24m 4m]0m 4mglyph-index24m 4m]24m. The first font and glyph specify the cursor source pixmap. The second font and glyph spec- ify the cursor mask pixmap. The mask font defaults to the source font, and the mask glyph index defaults to the source glyph index. · A relative or absolute file name. If a relative or absolute file name is specified, that file is used to create the source pixmap. Then the string "Mask" is appended to locate the cursor mask pixmap. If the "Mask" file does not exist, the suffix "msk" is tried. 1m130m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m If "msk" fails, no cursor mask will be used. If the filename does not start with '/' or './' the the bitmap file path is used (see section 2.4.3). 1m2.5.2. Pixel Conversion0m The string-to-pixel converter takes any name that is accept- able to XParseColor (see 4mXlib24m 4m--24m 4mC24m 4mLanguage24m 4mX24m 4mInterface24m). In addition this routine understands the special toolkit symbols `XtDefaultForeground' and `XtDefaultBackground', described in 4mX24m 4mToolkit24m 4mIntrinsics24m 4m--24m 4mC24m 4mLanguage24m 4mInterface24m. In short the acceptable pixel names are: · Any color name for the rgb.txt file (typically in the directory /usr/lib/X11 on POSIX systems). · A numeric specification of the form # where these numeric values are hexadecimal digits (both upper and lower case). · The special strings `XtDefaultForeground' and `XtDe- faultBackground' 1m2.5.3. Bitmap Conversion0m The string-to-bitmap converter attempts to locate a file containing bitmap data whose name is specified by the input string. If the file name is relative (i.e. does not begin with / or ./), the directories to be searched are specified in the 1mbitmapFilePath 22mresource--class 1mBitmapFilePath22m. This resource specifies a colon (:) separated list of directories that will be searched for the named bitmap or cursor glyph (see section 2.4.1). The 1mbitmapFilePath 22mresource is global to the application, and may 1mnot 22mbe specified differently for each widget that wishes to convert a cursor to bitmap. In addition to the directories specified in the 1mbitmapFilePath0m resource a default directory is searched. When using POSIX the default directory is 4m/usr/include/X11/bitmaps24m. 1m2.6. Realizing a Widget0m The 4mXtRealizeWidget24m function performs two tasks: · Calculates the geometry constraints of all managed descendants of this widget. The actual calculation is put off until realize time for performance reasons. · Creates an X window for the widget and, if it is a com- posite widget, realizes each of its managed children. void XtRealizeWidget(4mw24m) Widget 4mw24m; 1m140m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m 4mw24m Specifies the widget. For further information about this function, see the 4mX24m 4mTool-0m 4mkit24m 4mIntrinsics24m 4m--24m 4mC24m 4mLanguage24m 4mInterface24m. 1m2.7. Processing Events0m Now that the application has created, managed and realized its widgets, it is ready to process the events that will be delivered by the X Server to this client. A function call that will process the events is 1mXtAppMainLoop22m. void XtAppMainLoop(4mapp_context24m) XtAppContext 4mapp_context24m; 4mapp_context0m Specifies the application context of this applica- tion. The value is normally returned by 1mXtAppIni-0m 1mtialize22m. This function never returns: it is an infinite loop that processes the X events. User input can be handled through callback procedures and application defined action routines. More details are provided in 4mX24m 4mToolkit24m 4mIntrinsics24m 4m--24m 4mC24m 4mLan-0m 4mguage24m 4mInterface24m. 1m2.8. Standard Widget Manipulation Functions0m After a widget has been created, a client can interact with that widget by calling one of the standard widget manipula- tion routines provided by the Intrinsics, or a widget class- specific manipulation routine. The Intrinsics provide generic routines to give the applica- tion programmer access to a set of standard widget func- tions. The common widget routines let an application or composite widget perform the following operations on widgets without requiring explicit knowledge of the widget type. · Control the mapping of widget windows · Destroy a widget instance · Obtain an argument value · Set an argument value 1m2.8.1. Mapping Widgets0m By default, widget windows are mapped (made viewable) auto- matically by 1mXtRealizeWidget22m. This behavior can be disabled by using 1mXtSetMappedWhenManaged22m, making the client responsi- ble for calling 1mXtMapWidget 22mto make the widget viewable. 1m150m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m void XtSetMappedWhenManaged(4mw24m, 4mmap_when_managed24m) Widget 4mw24m; Boolean 4mmap_when_managed24m; 4mw24m Specifies the widget. 4mmap_when_managed0m Specifies the new value. If map_when_managed is 1mTrue22m, the widget is mapped automatically when it is realized. If map_when_managed is 1mFalse22m, the client must call 4mXtMapWidget24m or make a second call to 4mXtSetMappedWhenManaged24m to cause the child win- dow to be mapped. The definition for 4mXtMapWidget24m is: void XtMapWidget(4mw24m) Widget 4mw24m; 4mw24m Specifies the widget. When you are creating several children in sequence for a previously realized common parent it is generally more effi- cient to construct a list of children as they are created (using 1mXtCreateWidget22m) and then use 1mXtManageChildren 22mto request that their parent managed them all at once. By man- aging a list of children at one time, the parent can avoid wasteful duplication of geometry processing and the associ- ated ``screen flash''. void XtManageChildren(4mchildren24m, 4mnum_children24m) WidgetList 4mchildren24m; Cardinal 4mnum_children24m; 4mchildren24m Specifies a list of children to add. 4mnum_children0m Specifies the number of children to add. If the parent is already visible on the screen, it is espe- cially important to batch updates so that the minimum amount of visible window reconfiguration is performed. For further information about these functions, see the 4mX0m 4mToolkit24m 4mIntrinsics24m 4m--24m 4mC24m 4mLanguage24m 4mInterface24m. 1m2.8.2. Destroying Widgets0m To destroy a widget instance of any type, use 4mXtDestroyWid-0m 4mget24m. 1m160m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m void XtDestroyWidget(4mw24m) Widget 4mw24m; 4mw24m Specifies the widget. 4mXtDestroyWidget24m destroys the widget and recursively destroys any children that it may have, including the windows created by its children. After calling 4mXtDestroyWidget24m, no further references should be made to the widget or any children that the destroyed widget may have had. 1m2.8.3. Retrieving Widget Resource Values0m To retrieve the current value of a resource attribute asso- ciated with a widget instance, use 4mXtGetValues24m. void XtGetValues(4mw24m, 4margs24m, 4mnum_args24m) Widget 4mw24m; ArgList 4margs24m; Cardinal 4mnum_args24m; 4mw24m Specifies the widget. 4margs24m Specifies a variable-length argument list of name and 1maddress 22mpairs that contain the resource name and the address into which the resource value is stored. 4mnum_args24m Specifies the number of arguments in the argument list. The arguments and values passed in the argument list are dependent on the widget. Note that the caller is responsible for providing space into which the returned resource value is copied; the 1mArgList 22mcontains a pointer to this storage (e.g. x and y must be allocated as Position). For further information, see the 4mX24m 4mToolkit24m 4mIntrinsics24m 4m--24m 4mC24m 4mLanguage0m 4mInterface24m. 1m2.8.4. Modifying Widget Resource Values0m To modify the current value of a resource attribute associ- ated with a widget instance, use 4mXtSetValues24m. void XtSetValues(4mw24m, 4margs24m, 4mnum_args24m) Widget 4mw24m; ArgList 4margs24m; Cardinal 4mnum_args24m; 4mw24m Specifies the widget. 1m170m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m 4margs24m Specifies an array of name and 1mvalue 22mpairs that contain the arguments to be modified and their new values. 4mnum_args24m Specifies the number of arguments in the argument list. The arguments and values that are passed will depend on the widget being modified. Some widgets may not allow certain resources to be modified after the widget instance has been created or realized. No notification is given if any part of a 1mXtSetValues 22mrequest is ignored. For further information about these functions, see the 4mX0m 4mToolkit24m 4mIntrinsics24m 4m--24m 4mC24m 4mLanguage24m 4mInterface24m. Note The argument list entry for 4mXtGetValues24m specifies the address to which the caller wants the value copied. The argument list entry for 4mXtSetValues24m, however, contains the new value itself, if the size of value is less than sizeof(XtArgVal) (architecture dependent, but at least sizeof(long)); otherwise, it is a pointer to the value. String resources are always passed as pointers, regardless of the length of the string. 1m2.9. Using the Client Callback Interface0m Widgets can communicate changes in their state to their clients by means of a callback facility. The format for a client's callback handler is: void 4mCallbackProc24m(4mw24m, 4mclient_data24m, 4mcall_data24m) Widget 4mw24m; XtPointer 4mclient_data24m; XtPointer 4mcall_data24m; 4mw24m Specifies widget for which the callback is regis- tered. 4mclient_data0m Specifies arbitrary client-supplied data that the widget should pass back to the client when the widget executes the client's callback procedure. This is a way for the client registering the call- back to also register client-specific data: a pointer to additional information about the wid- get, a reason for invoking the callback, and so on. If no additional information is necessary, NULL may be passed as this argument. This field 1m180m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m is also frequently known as the 4mclosure24m. 4mcall_data24m Specifies any callback-specific data the widget wants to pass to the client. For example, when Scrollbar executes its 1mjumpProc 22mcallback list, it passes the current position of the thumb in 4mcall_data24m. Callbacks can be registered either by creating an argument containing the callback list described below or by using the special convenience routines 1mXtAddCallback 22mand 1mXtAddCall-0m 1mbacks22m. When the widget is created, a pointer to a list of callback procedure and data pairs can be passed in the argu- ment list to 4mXtCreateWidget24m. The list is of type 4mXtCall-0m 4mbackList24m: typedef struct { XtCallbackProc callback; XtPointer closure; } XtCallbackRec, *XtCallbackList; The callback list must be allocated and initialized before calling 4mXtCreateWidget24m. The end of the list is identified by an entry containing NULL in callback and closure. Once the widget is created, the client can change or de-allocate this list; the widget itself makes no further reference to it. The closure field contains the client_data passed to the callback when the callback list is executed. The second method for registering callbacks is to use 4mXtAdd-0m 4mCallback24m after the widget has been created. void XtAddCallback(4mw24m, 4mcallback_name,24m 4mcallback24m, 4mclient_data24m) Widget 4mw24m; String 4mcallback_name24m; XtCallbackProc 4mcallback24m; XtPointer 4mclient_data24m; 4mw24m Specifies the widget to add the callback to. 4mcallback_name0m Specifies the callback list within the widget to append to. 4mcallback24m Specifies the callback procedure to add. 4mclient_data0m Specifies the data to be passed to the callback when it is invoked. 1m190m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m 4mXtAddCallback24m adds the specified callback to the list for the named widget. All widgets provide a callback list named 4mdestroyCallback0m where clients can register procedures that are to be exe- cuted when the widget is destroyed. The destroy callbacks are executed when the widget or an ancestor is destroyed. The 4mcall_data24m argument is unused for destroy callbacks. 1m2.10. Programming Considerations0m This section provides some guidelines on how to set up an application program that uses the X Toolkit. 1m2.10.1. Writing Applications0m When writing an application that uses the X Toolkit, you should make sure that your application performs the follow- ing: 1. Include <4mX11/Intrinsic.h24m> in your application programs. This header file automatically includes <4mX11/Xlib.h24m>, so all Xlib functions also are defined. It may also be necessary to include 1m< X11/StringDefs.h > 22mwhen setting up argument lists, as many of the XtN4msomething24m defini- tions are only defined in this file. 2. Include the widget-specific header files for each wid- get type that you need to use. For example, <4mX11/Xaw/Label.h24m> and <4mX11/Xaw/Command.h24m>. 3. Call the 4mXtAppInitialize24m function before invoking any other toolkit or Xlib functions. For further informa- tion, see Section 2.1 and the 4mX24m 4mToolkit24m 4mIntrinsics24m 4m--24m 4mC0m 4mLanguage24m 4mInterface24m. 4. To pass attributes to the widget creation routines that will override any site or user customizations, set up argument lists. In this document, a list of valid argument names is provided in the discussion of each widget. The names each have a global symbol defined that begins with 1mXtN 22mto help catch spelling errors. For example, 1mXtNlabel 22mis defined for the 1mlabel 22mresource of many widgets. For further information, see Section 2.9.2.2. 5. When the argument list is set up, create the widget with the 1mXtCreateManagedWidget 22mfunction. For further information, see Section 2.2 and the 4mX24m 4mToolkit24m 4mIntrin-0m 4msics24m 4m--24m 4mC24m 4mLanguage24m 4mInterface24m. 6. If the widget has any callback routines, set by the 4mXtNcallback24m argument or the 4mXtAddCallback24m function, 1m200m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m declare these routines within the application. 7. After creating the initial widget hierarchy, windows must be created for each widget by calling 4mXtReal-0m 4mizeWidget24m on the top level widget. 8. Most applications now sit in a loop processing events using 4mXtAppMainLoop24m, for example: XtCreateManagedWidget(4mname24m, 4mclass24m, 4mparent24m, 4margs24m, 4mnum_args24m); XtRealizeWidget(4mshell24m); XtAppMainLoop(4mapp_context24m); For information about this function, see the 4mX24m 4mToolkit0m 4mIntrinsics24m 4m--24m 4mC24m 4mLanguage24m 4mInterface24m. 9. Link your application with 4mlibXaw24m (the Athena widgets), 4mlibXmu24m (miscellaneous utilities), 4mlibXt24m (the X Toolkit Intrinsics), 4mlibSM24m (Session Management), 4mlibICE24m (Inter- Client Exchange), 4mlibXext24m (the extension library needed for the shape extension code which allows rounded Com- mand buttons), and 4mlibX1124m (the core X library). The following provides a sample command line: cc -o 4mapplication24m 4mapplication24m.c -lXaw -lXmu -lXt -lSM -lICE -lXext -lX11 1m2.10.2. Changing Resource Values0m The Intrinsics support two methods of changing the default resource values; the resource manager, and an argument list passed into XtCreateWidget. While resources values will get updated no matter which method you use, the two methods pro- vide slightly different functionality. Resource Manager This method picks up resource definitions described in 4mXlib24m 4m--24m 4mC24m 4mLanguage24m 4mX24m 4mInterface0m from many different locations at run time. The locations most important to the applica- tion programmer are the 4mfallback24m 4mresources0m and the 4mapp-defaults24m file, (see 4mX24m 4mToolkit0m 4mIntrinsics24m 4m--24m 4mC24m 4mLanguage24m 4mInterface24m for the complete list). Since these resource are loaded at run time, they can be overridden by the user, allowing an application to be cus- tomized to fit the particular needs of each individual user. These values can also be modified without the need to rebuild the application, allowing rapid prototyping of user interfaces. Application programmers 1m210m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m should use resources in preference to hard- coded values whenever possible. Argument Lists The values passed into the widget at creation time via an argument list cannot be modified by the user, and allow no opportunity for customization. It is used to set resources that cannot be specified as strings (e.g. callback lists) or resources that should not be overridden (e.g. window depth) by the user. 1m2.10.2.1. Specifying Resources0m It is important for all X Toolkit application programmers to understand how to use the X Resource Manager to specify resources for widgets in an X application. This section will describe the most common methods used to specify these resources, and how to use the X Resource manager. 1mXrdb 22mThe 1mxrdb 22mutility may be used to load a file containing resources into the X server. Once the resources are loaded, the resources will affect any new applications started on the display that they were loaded onto. 1mApplication Defaults0m The application defaults (app-defaults) file (normally in /usr/lib/X11/app-defaults/4mclass-0m 4mname24m) for an application is loaded whenever the application is started. The resource specification has two colon-separated parts, a name, and a value. The 4mvalue24m is a string whose format is dependent on the resource specified by 4mname24m. 4mName24m is con- structed by appending a resource name to a full widget name. The full widget name is a list of the name of every ancestor of the desired widget separated by periods (.). Each widget also has a class associated with it. A class is a type of widget (e.g. Label or Scrollbar or Box). Notice that class names, by convention, begin with capital letters and instance names begin with lower case letters. The class of any widget may be used in place of its name in a resource specification. Here are a few examples: xman.form.button1 This is a fully specified resource name, and will affect only widgets called button1 that are children of widgets called form that are children of applications named xman. (Note that while typically two widgets that are siblings will have different names, it is not prohibited.) 1m220m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m Xman.Form.Command This will match any Command widget that is a child of a Form widget that is itself a child of an application of class 4mXman24m. Xman.Form.button1 This is a mixed resource name with both wid- get names and classes specified. This syntax allows an application programmer to specify any widget in the widget tree. To match more than one widget (for example a user may want to make all Command buttons blue), use an asterisk (*) instead of a period. When an asterisk is used, any number of widgets (including zero) may exist between the two widget names. For example: Xman*Command This matches all Command widgets in the Xman application. Foo*button1 This matches any widget in the Foo applica- tion that is named 4mbutton124m. The root of all application widget trees is the widget returned by 1mXtAppInitialize22m. Even though this is actually an ApplicationShell widget, the toolkit replaces its widget class with the class name of the application. The name of this widget is either the name used to invoke the applica- tion (1margv[0]22m) or the name of the application specified using the standard 4m-name24m command line option supported by the Intrinsics. The last step in constructing the resource name is to append the name of the resource with either a period or asterisk to the full or partial widget name already constructed. *foreground:Blue Specifies that all widgets in all applications will have a foreground color of blue. Xman*borderWidth:10 Specifies that all widgets in an application whose class is Xman will have a border width of 10 (pixels). xman.form.button1.label:Testing Specifies that a particular widget in the xman application will have a label named 4mTesting24m. An exclamation point (!) in the first column of a line indi- cates that the rest of the line should be treated as a com- ment. 1mFinal Words0m 1m230m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m The Resource manager is a powerful tool that can be used very effectively to customize X Toolkit applications at run time by either the application programmer or the user. Some final points to note: · An application programmer may add new resources to their application. These resources are associated with the global application, and not any particular widget. The X Toolkit function used for adding the application resources is 1mXtGetApplicationResources22m. · Be careful when creating resource files. Since widgets will ignore resources that they do not understand, any spelling errors will cause a resource to have no effect. · Only one resource line will match any given resource. There is a set of precedence rules, which take the fol- lowing general stance. · More specific overrides less specific, thus period always overrides asterisk. · Names on the left are more specific and override names on the right. · When resource specifications are exactly the same, user defaults will override program defaults. For a complete explanation of the rules of precedence, and other specific topics see 4mX24m 4mToolkit24m 4mIntrinsics24m 4m--24m 4mC24m 4mLanguage0m 4mInterface24m and 4mXlib24m 4m--24m 4mC24m 4mLanguage24m 4mX24m 4mInterface24m. 1m2.10.2.2. Creating Argument Lists0m To set up an argument list for the inline specification of widget attributes, you may use any of the four approaches discussed in this section. Each resource name has a global symbol associated with it. This global symbol has the form XtN4mresource24m 4mname24m. For example, the symbol for ``fore- ground'' is 1mXtNforeground22m. For further information, see the 4mX24m 4mToolkit24m 4mIntrinsics24m 4m--24m 4mC24m 4mLanguage24m 4mInterface24m. Argument are specified by using the following structure: typedef struct { String name; XtArgVal value; } Arg, *ArgList; 1m240m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m The first approach is to statically initialize the argument list. For example: static Arg arglist[] = { {XtNwidth, (XtArgVal) 400}, {XtNheight, (XtArgVal) 300}, }; This approach is convenient for lists that do not need to be computed at runtime and makes adding or deleting new ele- ments easy. The 4mXtNumber24m macro is used to compute the num- ber of elements in the argument list, preventing simple pro- gramming errors: XtCreateWidget(4mname24m, 4mclass24m, 4mparent24m, 4marglist24m, XtNumber(4marglist24m)); The second approach is to use the 4mXtSetArg24m macro. For exam- ple: Arg arglist[10]; XtSetArg(arglist[1], XtNwidth, 400); XtSetArg(arglist[2], XtNheight, 300); To make it easier to insert and delete entries, you also can use a variable index: Arg arglist[10]; Cardinal i=0; XtSetArg(arglist[i], XtNwidth, 400); i++; XtSetArg(arglist[i], XtNheight, 300); i++; The i variable can then be used as the argument list count in the widget create function. In this example, 4mXtNumber0m would return 10, not 2, and therefore is not useful. Note You should not use auto-increment or auto-decre- ment within the first argument to 4mXtSetArg24m. As it is currently implemented, 4mXtSetArg24m is a macro that dereferences the first argument twice. The third approach is to individually set the elements of the argument list array: 1m250m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m Arg arglist[10]; arglist[0].name = XtNwidth; arglist[0].value = (XtArgVal) 400; arglist[1].name = XtNheight; arglist[1].value = (XtArgVal) 300; Note that in this example, as in the previous example, 4mXtNumber24m would return 10, not 2, and therefore would not be useful. The fourth approach is to use a mixture of the first and third approaches: you can statically define the argument list but modify some entries at runtime. For example: static Arg arglist[] = { {XtNwidth, (XtArgVal) 400}, {XtNheight, (XtArgVal) NULL}, }; arglist[1].value = (XtArgVal) 300; In this example, 4mXtNumber24m can be used, as in the first approach, for easier code maintenance. 1m2.11. Example Programs0m The best way to understand how to use any programming library is by trying some simple examples. A collection of example programs that introduces each of the widgets in that Athena widget set, as well as many important toolkit pro- gramming concepts, is available in the X11R6 release as dis- tributed by the X Consortium. It can be found in the dis- tribution directory 1mcontrib/examples/mit/Xaw22m, but see your site administrator for the exact location of these files on your system. See the README file from that directory for a guide to the examples. 1m260m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m 1mChapter 30m 1mSimple Widgets0m Each of these widgets performs a specific user interface function. They are 4msimple24m because they cannot have widget children--they may only be used as leaves of the widget tree. These widgets display information or take user input. 1mCommand 22mA push button that, when selected, may cause a specific action to take place. This widget can display a multi-line string or a bitmap or pixmap image. 1mGrip 22mA rectangle that, when selected, will cause an action to take place. 1mLabel 22mA rectangle that can display a multi-line string or a bitmap or pixmap image. 1mList 22mA list of text strings presented in row column format that may be individually selected. When an element is selected an action may take place. 1mPanner 22mA rectangular area containing a 4mslider24m that may be moved in two dimensions. Notification of movement may be continuous or discrete. 1mRepeater 22mA push button that triggers an action at an increasing rate when selected. This widget can display a multi-line string or a bitmap or pixmap image. 1mScrollbar 22mA rectangular area containing a 4mthumb24m that when slid along one dimension may cause a specific action to take place. The Scrollbar may be ori- ented horizontally or vertically. 1mSimple 22mThe base class for most of the simple widgets. Provides a rectangular area with a settable mouse cursor and special border. 1mStripChart0m A real time data graph that will automatically update and scroll. 1mToggle 22mA push button that contains state information. Toggles may also be used as ``radio buttons'' to 1m270m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m implement a ``one of many'' or ``zero or one of many'' group of buttons. This widget can display a multi-line string or a bitmap or pixmap image. 1m3.1. Command Widget0m Application header file Class header file Class commandWidgetClass Class Name Command Superclass Label The Command widget is an area, often rectangular, that con- tains text or a graphical image. Command widgets are often referred to as ``push buttons.'' When the pointer is over a Command widget, the widget becomes highlighted by drawing a rectangle around its perimeter. This highlighting indicates that the widget is ready for selection. When mouse button 1 is pressed, the Command widget indicates that it has been selected by reversing its foreground and background colors. When the mouse button is released, the Command widget's 1mnotify 22maction is invoked, calling all functions on its call- back list. If the pointer is moved off of the widget before the pointer button is released, the widget reverts to its normal foreground and background colors, and releasing the pointer button has no effect. This behavior allows the user to cancel an action. 1m3.1.1. Resources0m When creating a Command widget instance, the following resources are retrieved from the argument list or from the resource database: ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1mName Class Type NotesDefault Value0m ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- accelerators Accelerators AcceleratorTable NULL ancestorSensitive AncestorSensitive Boolean D True background Background Pixel XtDefaultBackground backgroundPixmap Pixmap Pixmap XtUnspecifiedPixmap bitmap Bitmap Pixmap None borderColor BorderColor Pixel XtDefaultForeground borderPixmap Pixmap Pixmap XtUnspecifiedPixmap borderWidth BorderWidth Dimension 1 callback Callback XtCallbackList NULL colormap Colormap Colormap Parent's Colormap cornerRoundPercent CornerRoundPercentDimension 25 cursor Cursor Cursor None 1m280m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1mName Class Type NotesDefault Value0m ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- cursorName Cursor String NULL depth Depth int C Parent's Depth destroyCallback Callback XtCallbackList NULL encoding Encoding UnsignedChar XawTextEncoding8bit font Font XFontStruct XtDefaultFont foreground Foreground Pixel XtDefaultForeground height Height Dimension A graphic height + 2 * 1minternalHeight0m highlightThickness Thickness Dimension A 2 (0 if Shaped) insensitiveBorder Insensitive Pixmap GreyPixmap internalHeight Height Dimension 2 internalWidth Width Dimension 4 international International Boolean C False justify Justify Justify XtJustifyCenter (center) label Label String name of widget leftBitmap LeftBitmap Bitmap None mappedWhenManaged MappedWhenManaged Boolean True pointerColor Foreground Pixel XtDefaultForeground pointerColorBackgroundBackground Pixel XtDefaultBackground resize Resize Boolean True screen Screen Screen R Parent's Screen sensitive Sensitive Boolean True shapeStyle ShapeStyle ShapeStyle Rectangle translations Translations TranslationTable See below width Width Dimension A graphic width + 2 * 1minternalWidth0m x Position Position 0 y Position Position 0 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- accelerators A list of event to action bindings to be exe- cuted by this widget, even though the event occurred in another widget. (See the 4mX24m 4mTool-0m 4mkit24m 4mIntrinsics24m 4m--24m 4mC24m 4mLanguage24m 4mInterface24m for details). ancestorSensitive The sensitivity state of the ancestors of this widget. A widget is insensitive if either it or any of its ancestors is insensi- tive. This resource should not be changed with 1mXtSetValues22m, although it may be queried. background A pixel value which indexes the widget's col- ormap to derive the background color of the widget's window. backgroundPixmap The background pixmap of this widget's win- dow. If this resource is set to anything other than 1mXtUnspecifiedPixmap22m, the pixmap 1m290m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m specified will be used instead of the back- ground color. bitmap A bitmap to display instead of the 1mlabel22m. The default size of the widget will be just large enough to contain the bitmap and the widget's internal width and height. The resource converter for this resource con- structs bitmaps from the contents of files. (See 1mConverting Bitmaps 22mfor details.) If this bitmap is one bit deep then the 1's will be rendered in the foreground color, and the 0's in the background color. If 1mbitmap 22mhas a depth greater than one, it is copied directly into the window. borderColor A pixel value which indexes the widget's col- ormap to derive the border color of the wid- get's window. borderPixmap The border pixmap of this widget's window. If this resource is set to anything other than 1mXtUnspecifiedPixmap22m, the pixmap speci- fied will be used instead of the border color. borderWidth The width of this widget's window border. 1mcallback 22mA list of routines to be called when the 1mnotify 22maction is invoked. colormap The colormap that this widget will use. 1mcornerRoundPercent0m When a 1mShapeStyle 22mof 1mroundedRectangle 22mis used, this resource controls the radius of the rounded corner. The radius of the rounded corners is specified as a percentage of the length of the shortest side of the widget. cursor The image that will be displayed as the pointer cursor whenever it is in this widget. The use of this resource is deprecated in favor of 1mcursorName22m. cursorName The name of the symbol to use to represent the pointer cursor. This resource will over- ride the 1mcursor 22mresource if both are speci- fied. (See 2.4.1) depth The depth of this widget's window. 1m300m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m destroyCallback All functions on this list are called when this widget is destroyed. encoding The encoding method used by the value of the 1mlabel 22mresource. The value may be 1mXawTextEn-0m 1mcoding8bit 22mor 1mXawTextEncodingChar2b22m. When 1minternational 22mis set to 1mtrue 22mthis resource is not used. font The text font to use when displaying the 1mlabel22m, when the 1minternational 22mresource is 1mfalse22m. fontSet The text font set to use when displaying the 1mlabel22m, when the 1minternational 22mresource is 1mtrue22m. foreground A pixel value which indexes the widget's col- ormap to derive the foreground color of the widget's window. This color is also used to render all 1's in a 1mbitmap 22mone plane deep. height width The height and width of this widget in pix- els. 1mhighlightThickness0m The thickness of the rectangle that is used to highlight the internal border of this wid- get, alerting the user that it is ready to be selected. The default value is 2 pixels if the 1mshapeStyle 22mis 1mrectangle22m, and 0 Pixels (no highlighting) otherwise. insensitiveBorder This pixmap will be tiled into the widget's border if the widget becomes insensitive. internalHeight internalWidth The minimum amount of space to leave between the graphic and the vertical and horizontal edges of the window. international This is a boolean flag, only settable at wid- get creation time. A value of 1mfalse 22msignals the widget to use pre-R6 internationalization (specifically, the lack thereof), such as using fonts for displaying text, etc. A value of 1mtrue 22mdirects the widget to act in an internationalized manner, such as utilizing font sets for displaying text, etc. 1m310m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m justify Specifies left, center, or right alignment of graphic within the widget. This resource may be specified with the values 1mXtJustifyLeft22m, 1mXtJustifyCenter22m, or 1mXtJustifyRight22m. A con- verter is registered for this resource that will convert the following strings: 1mleft,0m 1mright, 22mand 1mcenter22m. This resource only has noticeable effect when the width of the wid- get is larger than necessary to display the graphic. Note that when the graphic is a multi-line 1mlabel22m, the longest line will obey this justification while shorter lines will be left-justified with the longest one. label Specifies the text string to be displayed in the widget's window if no bitmap is speci- fied. The default is the name of this wid- get. Regardless of the value of 1mencoding 22mor 1minternational22m, a single newline character (1 byte) will cause a line break. leftBitmap Specifies a bitmap to display to the left of the graphic in the widget's window. mappedWhenManaged If this resource is 1mTrue22m, then the widget's window will automatically be mapped by the Toolkit when it is realized and managed. pointerColor A pixel value which indexes the widget's col- ormap to derive the foreground color of the pointer symbol specified by the 1mcursorName0m resource. pointerColorBackground A pixel value which indexes the widget's colormap to derive the background color of the pointer symbol specified by the 1mcursor-0m 1mName 22mresource. resize Specifies whether the widget should attempt to resize to its preferred dimensions when- ever its resources are modified with 1mXtSet-0m 1mValues22m. This attempt to resize may be denied by the parent of this widget. The parent is always free to resize the widget regardless of the state of this resource. screen The screen on which this widget is displayed. This is not a settable resource. sensitive Whether or not the toolkit should pass user events to this widget. The widget will not 1m320m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m get input events if either 1mancestorSensitive0m or 1msensitive 22mis 1mFalse22m. 1mshapeStyle 22mNonrectangular widgets may be created using this resource. Nonrectangular widgets are supported only on a server that supports the 1mShape Extension22m. If nonrectangular widgets are specified for a server lacking this extension, the shape is ignored and the wid- gets will be rectangular. The following shapes are currently supported: 1mXmuShapeRect-0m 1mangle22m, 1mXmuShapeOval22m, 1mXmuShapeEllipse22m, and 1mXmuShapeRoundedRectangle22m. A converter is registered for this resource that will con- vert the following strings: 1mrectangle, oval,0m 1mellipse, 22mand 1mroundedRectangle22m. translations The event bindings associated with this wid- get. x y The location of the upper left outside corner of this widget in its parent. 1m3.1.2. Command Actions0m The Command widget supports the following actions: · Switching the button's interior between the foreground and background colors with 1mset22m, 1munset22m, and 1mreset22m. · Processing application callbacks with 1mnotify0m · Switching the internal border between highlighted and unhighlighted states with 1mhighlight 22mand 1munhighlight0m The following are the default translation bindings used by the Command widget: : highlight() : reset() : set() : notify() unset() The full list of actions supported by Command is: 1mhighlight22m(4mcondition24m) Displays the internal highlight border in the color (1mforeground 22mor 1mbackground 22m) that con- trasts with the interior color of the Command widget. The conditions 1mWhenUnset 22mand 1mAlways0m are understood by this action procedure. If 1m330m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m no argument is passed, 1mWhenUnset 22mis assumed. 1munhighlight22m() Displays the internal highlight border in the color (1mforeground 22mor 1mbackground 22m) that matches the interior color of the Command widget. 1mset22m() Enters the 4mset24m state, in which 1mnotify 22mis pos- sible. This action causes the button to dis- play its interior in the 1mforeground 22mcolor. The label or bitmap is displayed in the 1mback-0m 1mground 22mcolor. 1munset22m() Cancels the 4mset24m state and displays the inte- rior of the button in the 1mbackground 22mcolor. The label or bitmap is displayed in the 1mfore-0m 1mground 22mcolor. 1mreset22m() Cancels any 4mset24m or 4mhighlight24m and displays the interior of the button in the 1mbackground0m color, with the label or bitmap displayed in the 1mforeground 22mcolor. 1mnotify22m() When the button is in the 1mset 22mstate this action calls all functions in the callback list named by the 1mcallback 22mresource. The value of the 4mcall_data24m argument passed to these functions is undefined. A very common alternative to registering callbacks is to augment a Command's translations with an action performing the desired function. This often takes the form of: *Myapp*save.translations: #augment ,: Save() Note When a bitmap of depth greater that one (1) is specified the 4mset24m(), 4munset24m(), and 4mreset24m() actions have no effect, since there are no foreground and background colors used in a multi-plane pixmap. 1m3.2. Grip Widget0m Application header file Class header file Class gripWidgetClass Class Name Grip Superclass Simple 1m340m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m The Grip widget provides a small rectangular region in which user input events (such as ButtonPress or ButtonRelease) may be handled. The most common use for the Grip widget is as an attachment point for visually repositioning an object, such as the pane border in a Paned widget. 1m3.2.1. Resources0m When creating a Grip widget instance, the following resources are retrieved from the argument list or from the resource database: --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1mName Class Type NotesDefault Value0m --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- accelerators Accelerators AcceleratorTable NULL ancestorSensitive AncestorSensitiveBoolean D True background Background Pixel XtDefaultBackground backgroundPixmap Pixmap Pixmap XtUnspecifiedPixmap borderColor BorderColor Pixel XtDefaultForeground borderPixmap Pixmap Pixmap XtUnspecifiedPixmap borderWidth BorderWidth Dimension 0 callback Callback Callback NULL colormap Colormap Colormap Parent's Colormap cursor Cursor Cursor None cursorName Cursor String NULL depth Depth int C Parent's Depth destroyCallback Callback XtCallbackList NULL foreground Foreground Pixel XtDefaultForeground height Height Dimension 8 insensitiveBorder Insensitive Pixmap GreyPixmap international International Boolean C False mappedWhenManaged MappedWhenManagedBoolean True pointerColor Foreground Pixel XtDefaultForeground pointerColorBackgroundBackground Pixel XtDefaultBackground screen Screen Screen R Parent's Screen sensitive Sensitive Boolean True translations Translations TranslationTable NULL width Width Dimension 8 x Position Position 0 y Position Position 0 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- accelerators A list of event to action bindings to be exe- cuted by this widget, even though the event occurred in another widget. (See the 4mX24m 4mTool-0m 4mkit24m 4mIntrinsics24m 4m--24m 4mC24m 4mLanguage24m 4mInterface24m for details). ancestorSensitive The sensitivity state of the ancestors of this widget. A widget is insensitive if 1m350m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m either it or any of its ancestors is insensi- tive. This resource should not be changed with 1mXtSetValues22m, although it may be queried. background A pixel value which indexes the widget's col- ormap to derive the background color of the widget's window. backgroundPixmap The background pixmap of this widget's win- dow. If this resource is set to anything other than 1mXtUnspecifiedPixmap22m, the pixmap specified will be used instead of the back- ground color. borderColor A pixel value which indexes the widget's col- ormap to derive the border color of the wid- get's window. borderPixmap The border pixmap of this widget's window. If this resource is set to anything other than 1mXtUnspecifiedPixmap22m, the pixmap speci- fied will be used instead of the border color. borderWidth The width of this widget's window border. 1mcallback 22mAll routines on this list are called whenever the 1mGripAction 22maction routine is invoked. The 4mcall_data24m contains all information passed to the action routine. A detailed descrip- tion is given below in the 1mGrip Actions 22msec- tion. colormap The colormap that this widget will use. cursor The image that will be displayed as the pointer cursor whenever it is in this widget. The use of this resource is deprecated in favor of 1mcursorName22m. cursorName The name of the symbol to use to represent the pointer cursor. This resource will over- ride the 1mcursor 22mresource if both are speci- fied. (See 2.4.1) depth The depth of this widget's window. destroyCallback All functions on this list are called when this widget is destroyed. 1mforeground 22mA pixel value which indexes the widget's col- ormap to derive the color used to flood fill 1m360m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m the entire Grip widget. height width The height and width of this widget in pix- els. insensitiveBorder This pixmap will be tiled into the widget's border if the widget becomes insensitive. international This is a boolean flag, only settable at wid- get creation time. While not utilized in this widget, it can and should be checked by any subclasses that have behavior that should vary with locale. mappedWhenManaged If this resource is 1mTrue22m, then the widget's window will automatically be mapped by the Toolkit when it is realized and managed. pointerColor A pixel value which indexes the widget's col- ormap to derive the foreground color of the pointer symbol specified by the 1mcursorName0m resource. pointerColorBackground A pixel value which indexes the widget's colormap to derive the background color of the pointer symbol specified by the 1mcursor-0m 1mName 22mresource. screen The screen on which this widget is displayed. This is not a settable resource. sensitive Whether or not the toolkit should pass user events to this widget. The widget will not get input events if either 1mancestorSensitive0m or 1msensitive 22mis 1mFalse22m. translations The event bindings associated with this wid- get. x y The location of the upper left outside corner of this widget in its parent. 1m3.2.2. Grip Actions0m The Grip widget does not declare any default event transla- tion bindings, but it does declare a single action routine named 1mGripAction22m. The client specifies an arbitrary event translation table, optionally giving parameters to the 1mGri-0m 1mpAction 22mroutine. 1m370m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m The 1mGripAction 22mroutine executes the callbacks on the 1mcall-0m 1mback 22mlist, passing as 4mcall_data24m a pointer to a 1mXawGripCall-0m 1mData 22mstructure, defined in the Grip widget's application header file. typedef struct _XawGripCallData { XEvent *event; String *params; Cardinal num_params; } XawGripCallDataRec, *XawGripCallData, GripCallDataRec, *GripCallData; /* supported for R4 compatibility */ In this structure, the 4mevent24m is a pointer to the input event that triggered the action. 4mparams24m and 4mnum_params24m give the string parameters specified in the translation table for the particular event binding. The following is an example of a translation table that uses the GripAction: : GripAction(press) : GripAction(move) : GripAction(release) For a complete description of the format of translation tables, see the 4mX24m 4mToolkit24m 4mIntrinsics24m 4m--24m 4mC24m 4mLanguage24m 4mInter-0m 4mface24m. 1m3.3. Label Widget0m Application header file Class header file Class labelWidgetClass Class Name Label Superclass Simple A Label widget holds a graphic displayed within a rectangu- lar region of the screen. The graphic may be a text string containing multiple lines of characters in an 8 bit or 16 bit character set (to be displayed with a 4mfont24m), or in a multi-byte encoding (for use with a 4mfontset24m). The graphic may also be a bitmap or pixmap. The Label widget will allow its graphic to be left, right, or center justified. Nor- mally, this widget can be neither selected nor directly 1m380m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m edited by the user. It is intended for use as an output device only. 1m3.3.1. Resources0m When creating a Label widget instance, the following resources are retrieved from the argument list or from the resource database: ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1mName Class Type NotesDefault Value0m ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ accelerators Accelerators AcceleratorTable NULL ancestorSensitive AncestorSensitiveBoolean D True background Background Pixel XtDefaultBackground backgroundPixmap Pixmap Pixmap XtUnspecifiedPixmap bitmap Bitmap Pixmap None borderColor BorderColor Pixel XtDefaultForeground borderPixmap Pixmap Pixmap XtUnspecifiedPixmap borderWidth BorderWidth Dimension 1 colormap Colormap Colormap Parent's Colormap cursor Cursor Cursor None cursorName Cursor String NULL depth Depth int C Parent's Depth destroyCallback Callback XtCallbackList NULL encoding Encoding UnsignedChar XawTextEncoding8bit font Font XFontStruct XtDefaultFont fontSet FontSet XFontSet XtDefaultFontSet foreground Foreground Pixel XtDefaultForeground height Height Dimension A graphic height + 2 * 1minternalHeight0m insensitiveBorder Insensitive Pixmap GreyPixmap internalHeight Height Dimension 2 internalWidth Width Dimension 4 international International Boolean C False justify Justify Justify XtJustifyCenter (center) label Label String name of widget leftBitmap LeftBitmap Bitmap None mappedWhenManaged MappedWhenManagedBoolean True pointerColor Foreground Pixel XtDefaultForeground pointerColorBackgroundBackground Pixel XtDefaultBackground resize Resize Boolean True screen Screen Screen R Parent's Screen sensitive Sensitive Boolean True translations Translations TranslationTable See above width Width Dimension A graphic width + 2 * 1minternalWidth0m x Position Position 0 y Position Position 0 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ accelerators A list of event to action bindings to be exe- cuted by this widget, even though the event occurred in another widget. (See the 4mX0m 1m390m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m 4mToolkit24m 4mIntrinsics24m 4m--24m 4mC24m 4mLanguage24m 4mInterface0m for details). ancestorSensitive The sensitivity state of the ancestors of this widget. A widget is insensitive if either it or any of its ancestors is insensi- tive. This resource should not be changed with 1mXtSetValues22m, although it may be queried. background A pixel value which indexes the widget's col- ormap to derive the background color of the widget's window. backgroundPixmap The background pixmap of this widget's win- dow. If this resource is set to anything other than 1mXtUnspecifiedPixmap22m, the pixmap specified will be used instead of the back- ground color. 1mbitmap 22mA bitmap to display instead of the 1mlabel22m. The default size of the widget will be just large enough to contain the bitmap and the widget's internal width and height. The resource converter for this resource con- structs bitmaps from the contents of files. (See 1mConverting Bitmaps 22mfor details.) If this bitmap is one bit deep then the 1's will be rendered in the foreground color, and the 0's in the background color. If 1mbitmap 22mhas a depth greater than one, it is copied directly into the window. borderColor A pixel value which indexes the widget's col- ormap to derive the border color of the wid- get's window. borderPixmap The border pixmap of this widget's window. If this resource is set to anything other than 1mXtUnspecifiedPixmap22m, the pixmap speci- fied will be used instead of the border color. borderWidth The width of this widget's window border. colormap The colormap that this widget will use. cursor The image that will be displayed as the pointer cursor whenever it is in this widget. The use of this resource is deprecated in favor of 1mcursorName22m. 1m400m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m cursorName The name of the symbol to use to represent the pointer cursor. This resource will over- ride the 1mcursor 22mresource if both are speci- fied. (See 2.4.1) depth The depth of this widget's window. destroyCallback All functions on this list are called when this widget is destroyed. 1mencoding 22mThe encoding method used by the value of the 1mlabel 22mresource. The value may be 1mXawTextEn-0m 1mcoding8bit 22mor 1mXawTextEncodingChar2b22m. When 1minternational 22mis set to 1mtrue 22mthis resource is not used. 1mfont 22mThe text font to use when displaying the 1mlabel22m, when the 1minternational 22mresource is 1mfalse22m. 1mfontSet 22mThe text font set to use when displaying the 1mlabel22m, when the 1minternational 22mresource is 1mtrue22m. 1mforeground 22mA pixel value which indexes the widget's col- ormap to derive the foreground color of the widget's window. This color is also used to render all 1's in a 1mbitmap 22mone plane deep. height width The height and width of this widget in pix- els. insensitiveBorder This pixmap will be tiled into the widget's border if the widget becomes insensitive. 1minternalHeight0m 1minternalWidth 22mThe minimum amount of space to leave between the graphic and the vertical and horizontal edges of the window. international This is a boolean flag, only settable at wid- get creation time. A value of 1mfalse 22msignals the widget to use pre-R6 internationalization (specifically, the lack thereof), such as using fonts for displaying text, etc. A value of 1mtrue 22mdirects the widget to act in an internationalized manner, such as utilizing font sets for displaying text, etc. 1mjustify 22mSpecifies left, center, or right alignment of graphic within the widget. This resource may 1m410m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m be specified with the values 1mXtJustifyLeft22m, 1mXtJustifyCenter22m, or 1mXtJustifyRight22m. A con- verter is registered for this resource that will convert the following strings: 1mleft,0m 1mright, 22mand 1mcenter22m. This resource only has noticeable effect when the width of the wid- get is larger than necessary to display the graphic. Note that when the graphic is a multi-line 1mlabel22m, the longest line will obey this justification while shorter lines will be left-justified with the longest one. 1mlabel 22mSpecifies the text string to be displayed in the widget's window if no bitmap is speci- fied. The default is the name of this wid- get. Regardless of the value of 1mencoding 22mor 1minternational22m, a single newline character (1 byte) will cause a line break. 1mleftBitmap 22mSpecifies a bitmap to display to the left of the graphic in the widget's window. mappedWhenManaged If this resource is 1mTrue22m, then the widget's window will automatically be mapped by the Toolkit when it is realized and managed. pointerColor A pixel value which indexes the widget's col- ormap to derive the foreground color of the pointer symbol specified by the 1mcursorName0m resource. pointerColorBackground A pixel value which indexes the widget's colormap to derive the background color of the pointer symbol specified by the 1mcursor-0m 1mName 22mresource. 1mresize 22mSpecifies whether the widget should attempt to resize to its preferred dimensions when- ever its resources are modified with 1mXtSet-0m 1mValues22m. This attempt to resize may be denied by the parent of this widget. The parent is always free to resize the widget regardless of the state of this resource. screen The screen on which this widget is displayed. This is not a settable resource. sensitive Whether or not the toolkit should pass user events to this widget. The widget will not get input events if either 1mancestorSensitive0m or 1msensitive 22mis 1mFalse22m. 1m420m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m translations The event bindings associated with this wid- get. x y The location of the upper left outside corner of this widget in its parent. 1m3.4. List Widget0m Application header file Class header file Class listWidgetClass Class Name List Superclass Simple The List widget contains a list of strings formatted into rows and columns. When one of the strings is selected, it is highlighted, and the List widget's 1mNotify 22maction is invoked, calling all routines on its callback list. Only one string may be selected at a time. 1m3.4.1. Resources0m When creating a List widget instance, the following resources are retrieved from the argument list or from the resource database: ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1mName Class Type NotesDefault Value0m ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- accelerators Accelerators AcceleratorTable NULL ancestorSensitive AncestorSensitiveBoolean D True background Background Pixel XtDefaultBackground backgroundPixmap Pixmap Pixmap XtUnspecifiedPixmap borderColor BorderColor Pixel XtDefaultForeground borderPixmap Pixmap Pixmap XtUnspecifiedPixmap borderWidth BorderWidth Dimension 1 callback Callback Callback NULL colormap Colormap Colormap Parent's Colormap columnSpacing Spacing Dimension 6 cursor Cursor Cursor XC_left_ptr cursorName Cursor String NULL defaultColumns Columns int 2 depth Depth int C Parent's Depth destroyCallback Callback XtCallbackList NULL font Font FontStruct XtDefaultFont fontSet FontSet XFontSet XtDefaultFontSet 1m430m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1mName Class Type NotesDefault Value0m ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- forceColumns Columns Boolean False foreground Foreground Pixel XtDefaultForeground height Height Dimension A Enough space to contain the list insensitiveBorder Insensitive Pixmap GreyPixmap internalHeight Height Dimension 2 internalWidth Width Dimension 4 international International Boolean C False list List Pointer name of widget longest Longest int A 0 mappedWhenManaged MappedWhenManagedBoolean True numberStrings NumberStrings int A computed for NULL terminated list pasteBuffer Boolean Boolean False pointerColor Foreground Pixel XtDefaultForeground pointerColorBackgroundBackground Pixel XtDefaultBackground rowSpacing Spacing Dimension 2 screen Screen Screen R Parent's Screen sensitive Sensitive Boolean True translations Translations TranslationTable See below verticalList Boolean Boolean False width Width Dimension A Enough space to contain the list x Position Position 0 y Position Position 0 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- accelerators A list of event to action bindings to be exe- cuted by this widget, even though the event occurred in another widget. (See the 4mX24m 4mTool-0m 4mkit24m 4mIntrinsics24m 4m--24m 4mC24m 4mLanguage24m 4mInterface24m for details). ancestorSensitive The sensitivity state of the ancestors of this widget. A widget is insensitive if either it or any of its ancestors is insensi- tive. This resource should not be changed with 1mXtSetValues22m, although it may be queried. background A pixel value which indexes the widget's col- ormap to derive the background color of the widget's window. backgroundPixmap The background pixmap of this widget's win- dow. If this resource is set to anything other than 1mXtUnspecifiedPixmap22m, the pixmap specified will be used instead of the back- ground color. borderColor A pixel value which indexes the widget's col- ormap to derive the border color of the 1m440m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m widget's window. borderPixmap The border pixmap of this widget's window. If this resource is set to anything other than 1mXtUnspecifiedPixmap22m, the pixmap speci- fied will be used instead of the border color. borderWidth The width of this widget's window border. 1mcallback 22mAll functions on this list are called when- ever the 1mnotify 22maction is invoked. The 4mcall_data24m argument contains information about the element selected and is described in detail in the 1mList Callbacks 22msection. colormap The colormap that this widget will use. 1mcolumnSpacing0m 1mrowSpacing 22mThe amount of space, in pixels, between each of the rows and columns in the list. cursor The image that will be displayed as the pointer cursor whenever it is in this widget. The use of this resource is deprecated in favor of 1mcursorName22m. cursorName The name of the symbol to use to represent the pointer cursor. This resource will over- ride the 1mcursor 22mresource if both are speci- fied. (See 2.4.1) 1mdefaultColumns 22mThe default number of columns. This value is used when neither the width nor the height of the List widget is specified or when 1mforceColumns 22mis 1mTrue22m. depth The depth of this widget's window. destroyCallback All functions on this list are called when this widget is destroyed. 1mfont 22mThe text font to use when displaying the 1mlist22m, when the 1minternational 22mresource is 1mfalse22m. 1mfontSet 22mThe text font set to use when displaying the 1mlist22m, when the 1minternational 22mresource is 1mtrue22m. 1mforceColumns 22mForces the default number of columns to be used regardless of the List widget's current size. 1m450m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m 1mforeground 22mA pixel value which indexes the widget's col- ormap to derive the color used to paint the text of the list elements. height width The height and width of this widget in pix- els. insensitiveBorder This pixmap will be tiled into the widget's border if the widget becomes insensitive. internalHeight internalWidth The margin, in pixels, between the edges of the list and the corresponding edge of the List widget's window. 1mlist 22mAn array of text strings displayed in the List widget. If 1mnumberStrings 22mis zero (the default) then the 1mlist 22mmust be NULL termi- nated. If a value is not specified for the 1mlist22m, then 1mnumberStrings 22mis set to 1, and the name of the widget is used as the 1mlist22m, and 1mlongest 22mis set to the length of the name of the widget. The 1mlist 22mis used in place, and must be available to the List widget for the lifetime of this widget, or until it is changed with 1mXtSetValues 22mor 1mXawListChange22m. international This is a boolean flag, only settable at wid- get creation time. A value of 1mfalse 22msignals the widget to use pre-R6 internationalization (specifically, the lack thereof), such as using fonts for displaying text, etc. A value of 1mtrue 22mdirects the widget to act in an internationalized manner, such as utilizing font sets for displaying text, etc. 1mlongest 22mSpecifies the width, in pixels, of the long- est string in the current list. The List widget will compute this value if zero (the default) is specified. If this resource is set by hand, entries longer than this will be clipped to fit. mappedWhenManaged If this resource is 1mTrue22m, then the widget's window will automatically be mapped by the Toolkit when it is realized and managed. 1mnumberStrings 22mThe number of strings in the current list. If a value of zero (the default) is speci- fied, the List widget will compute it. When computing the number of strings the List 1m460m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m widget assumes that the 1mlist 22mis NULL termi- nated. 1mpasteBuffer 22mIf this resource is set to 1mTrue 22mthen the name of the currently selected list element will be put into 1mCUT_BUFFER_022m. pointerColor A pixel value which indexes the widget's col- ormap to derive the foreground color of the pointer symbol specified by the 1mcursorName0m resource. pointerColorBackground A pixel value which indexes the widget's colormap to derive the background color of the pointer symbol specified by the 1mcursor-0m 1mName 22mresource. screen The screen on which this widget is displayed. This is not a settable resource. sensitive Whether or not the toolkit should pass user events to this widget. The widget will not get input events if either 1mancestorSensitive0m or 1msensitive 22mis 1mFalse22m. translations The event bindings associated with this wid- get. 1mverticalList 22mIf this resource is set to 1mTrue 22mthen the list elements will be presented in column major order. x y The location of the upper left outside corner of this widget in its parent. 1m3.4.2. List Actions0m The List widget supports the following actions: · Highlighting and unhighlighting the list element under the pointer with 1mSet 22mand 1mUnset0m · Processing application callbacks with 1mNotify0m The following is the default translation table used by the List Widget: ,: Set() Notify() 1m470m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m The full list of actions supported by List widget is: 1mSet22m() 4mSets24m the list element that is currently under the pointer. To inform the user that this element is currently set, it is drawn with foreground and background colors reversed. If this action is called when there is no list element under the cursor, the currently 4mset24m element will be 4munset24m. 1mUnset22m() Cancels the 4mset24m state of the element under the pointer, and redraws it with normal fore- ground and background colors. 1mNotify22m() Calls all callbacks on the List widget's callback list. Information about the cur- rently selected list element is passed in the 4mcall_data24m argument (see 1mList Callbacks0m below). 1m3.4.3. List Callbacks0m All procedures on the List widget's callback list will have a 1mXawListReturnStruct 22mpassed to them as 4mcall_data24m. The structure is defined in the List widget's application header file. typedef struct _XawListReturnStruct { String string; /* string shown in the list. */ int list_index; /* index of the item selected. */ } XawListReturnStruct; Note The 4mlist_index24m item used to be called simply 4mindex24m. Unfortunately, this name collided with a global name defined on some operating systems, and had to be changed. 1m3.4.4. Changing the List0m To change the list that is displayed, use 4mXawListChange24m. void XawListChange(4mw24m, 4mlist24m, 4mnitems24m, 4mlongest24m, 4mresize24m) Widget 4mw24m; String * 4mlist24m; int 4mnitems24m, 4mlongest24m; Boolean 4mresize24m; 1m480m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m 4mw24m Specifies the List widget. 4mlist24m Specifies the new list for the List widget to dis- play. 4mnitems24m Specifies the number of items in the 4mlist24m. If a value less than 1 is specified, 4mlist24m must be NULL terminated, and the number of items will be calcu- lated by the List widget. 4mlongest24m Specifies the length of the longest item in the 4mlist24m in pixels. If a value less than 1 is speci- fied, the List widget will calculate the value. 4mresize24m Specifies a Boolean value that if 1mTrue 22mindicates that the List widget should try to resize itself after making the change. The constraints of the List widget's parent are always enforced, regard- less of the value specified here. 4mXawListChange24m will 4munset24m all list elements that are cur- rently 1mset 22mbefore the list is actually changed. The 4mlist24m is used in place, and must remain usable for the lifetime of the List widget, or until 4mlist24m has been changed again with this function or with 1mXtSetValues22m. 1m3.4.5. Highlighting an Item0m To highlight an item in the list, use 4mXawListHighlight24m. void XawListHighlight(4mw24m, 4mitem24m) Widget 4mw24m; int 4mitem24m; 4mw24m Specifies the List widget. 4mitem24m Specifies an index into the current list that indicates the item to be highlighted. Only one item can be highlighted at a time. If an item is already highlighted when 4mXawListHighlight24m is called, the highlighted item is unhighlighted before the new item is highlighted. 1m3.4.6. Unhighlighting an Item0m To unhighlight the currently highlighted item in the list, use 4mXawListUnhighlight24m. void XawListUnhighlight(4mw24m) Widget 4mw24m; 1m490m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m 4mw24m Specifies the List widget. 1m3.4.7. Retrieving the Currently Selected Item0m To retrieve the list element that is currently 4mset24m, use 4mXawListShowCurrent24m. XawListReturnStruct *XawListShowCurrent(4mw24m) Widget 4mw24m; 4mw24m Specifies the List widget. 4mXawListShowCurrent24m returns a pointer to an 4mXawListReturn-0m 4mStruct24m structure, containing the currently highlighted item. If the value of the index member is XAW_LIST_NONE, the string member is undefined, and no item is currently selected. 1m3.4.8. Restrictions0m Many programmers create a ``scrolled list'' by putting a List widget with many entries as a child of a Viewport wid- get. The List continues to create a window as big as its contents, but that big window is only visible where it intersects the parent Viewport's window. (I.e., it is ``clipped.'') While this is a useful technique, there is a serious draw- back. X does not support windows above 32,767 pixels in width or height, but this height limit will be exceeded by a List's window when the List has many entries (i.e., with a 12 point font, about 3000 entries would be too many.) 1m3.5. Panner Widget0m Application header file Class header file Class pannerWidgetClass Class Name Panner Superclass Simple A Panner widget is a rectangle, called the ``canvas,'' on which another rectangle, the ``slider,'' moves in two dimen- sions. It is often used with a Porthole widget to move, or ``scroll,'' a third widget in two dimensions, in which case the slider's size and position gives feedback as to what portion of the third widget is visible. 1m500m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m The slider may be scrolled around the canvas by pressing, dragging, and releasing Button1; the default translation also enables scrolling via arrow keys and some other keys. While scrolling is in progress, the application receives notification through callback procedures. Notification may be done either continuously whenever the slider moves or discretely whenever the slider has been given a new loca- tion. 1m3.5.1. Resources0m When creating a Panner widget instance, the following resources are retrieved from the argument list or from the resource database: ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1mName Class Type NotesDefault Value0m ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- accelerators Accelerators AcceleratorTable NULL allowOff AllowOff Boolean False ancestorSensitive AncestorSensitiveBoolean D True background Background Pixel XtDefaultBackground backgroundPixmap Pixmap Pixmap XtUnspecifiedPixmap backgroundStipple BackgroundStippleString NULL borderColor BorderColor Pixel XtDefaultForeground borderPixmap Pixmap Pixmap XtUnspecifiedPixmap borderWidth BorderWidth Dimension 1 canvasHeight CanvasHeight Dimension 0 canvasWidth CanvasWidth Dimension 0 colormap Colormap Colormap Parent's Colormap cursor Cursor Cursor None cursorName Cursor String NULL defaultScale DefaultScale Dimension 8 depth Depth int C Parent's Depth destroyCallback Callback XtCallbackList NULL foreground Foreground Pixel XtDefaultForeground height Height Dimension A depends on orientation internalSpace InternalSpace Dimension 4 international International Boolean C False lineWidth LineWidth Dimension 0 mappedWhenManaged MappedWhenManagedBoolean True pointerColor Foreground Pixel XtDefaultForeground pointerColorBackgroundBackground Pixel XtDefaultBackground reportCallback ReportCallback Callback NULL resize Resize Boolean True rubberBand RubberBand Boolean False screen Screen Screen R Parent's Screen sensitive Sensitive Boolean True shadowColor ShadowColor Pixel XtDefaultForeground shadowThickness ShadowThickness Dimension 2 sliderX SliderX Position 0 sliderY SliderY Position 0 1m510m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1mName Class Type NotesDefault Value0m ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- sliderHeight SliderHeight Dimension 0 sliderWidth SliderWidth Dimension 0 translations Translations TranslationTable See below width Width Dimension A depends on orientation x Position Position 0 y Position Position 0 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- accelerators A list of event to action bindings to be exe- cuted by this widget, even though the event occurred in another widget. (See the 4mX24m 4mTool-0m 4mkit24m 4mIntrinsics24m 4m--24m 4mC24m 4mLanguage24m 4mInterface24m for details). 1mallowOff 22mWhether to allow the edges of the slider to go off the edges of the canvas. ancestorSensitive The sensitivity state of the ancestors of this widget. A widget is insensitive if either it or any of its ancestors is insensi- tive. This resource should not be changed with 1mXtSetValues22m, although it may be queried. background A pixel value which indexes the widget's col- ormap to derive the background color of the widget's window. backgroundPixmap The background pixmap of this widget's win- dow. If this resource is set to anything other than 1mXtUnspecifiedPixmap22m, the pixmap specified will be used instead of the back- ground color. 1mbackgroundStipple0m The name of a bitmap pattern to be used as the background for the area representing the canvas. borderColor A pixel value which indexes the widget's col- ormap to derive the border color of the wid- get's window. borderPixmap The border pixmap of this widget's window. If this resource is set to anything other than 1mXtUnspecifiedPixmap22m, the pixmap speci- fied will be used instead of the border color. 1m520m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m borderWidth The width of this widget's window border. 1mcanvasHeight0m 1mcanvasWidth 22mThe size of the canvas. colormap The colormap that this widget will use. cursor The image that will be displayed as the pointer cursor whenever it is in this widget. The use of this resource is deprecated in favor of 1mcursorName22m. cursorName The name of the symbol to use to represent the pointer cursor. This resource will over- ride the 1mcursor 22mresource if both are speci- fied. (See 2.4.1) 1mdefaultScale 22mThe percentage size that the Panner widget should have relative to the size of the can- vas. depth The depth of this widget's window. destroyCallback All functions on this list are called when this widget is destroyed. 1mforeground 22mA pixel value which indexes the widget's col- ormap to derive the color used to draw the slider. height width The height and width of this widget in pix- els. 1minternalSpace 22mThe width of internal border in pixels between a slider representing the full size of the canvas and the edge of the Panner wid- get. international This is a boolean flag, only settable at wid- get creation time. While not utilized in this widget, it can and should be checked by any subclasses that have behavior that should vary with locale. 1mlineWidth 22mThe width of the lines in the rubberbanding rectangle when rubberbanding is in effect instead of continuous scrolling. The default is 0. mappedWhenManaged If this resource is 1mTrue22m, then the widget's window will automatically be mapped by the 1m530m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m Toolkit when it is realized and managed. pointerColor A pixel value which indexes the widget's col- ormap to derive the foreground color of the pointer symbol specified by the 1mcursorName0m resource. pointerColorBackground A pixel value which indexes the widget's colormap to derive the background color of the pointer symbol specified by the 1mcursor-0m 1mName 22mresource. 1mreportCallback 22mAll functions on this callback list are called when the 1mnotify 22maction is invoked. See the 1mPanner Actions 22msection for details. 1mresize 22mWhether or not to resize the panner whenever the canvas size is changed so that the 1mdefaultScale 22mis maintained. 1mrubberBand 22mWhether or not scrolling should be discrete (only moving a rubberbanded rectangle until the scrolling is done) or continuous (moving the slider itself). This controls whether or not the 1mmove 22maction procedure also invokes the 1mnotify 22maction procedure. screen The screen on which this widget is displayed. This is not a settable resource. sensitive Whether or not the toolkit should pass user events to this widget. The widget will not get input events if either 1mancestorSensitive0m or 1msensitive 22mis 1mFalse22m. 1mshadowColor 22mThe color of the shadow underneath the slider. 1mshadowThickness0m The width of the shadow underneath the slider. 1msliderX0m 1msliderY 22mThe location of the slider in the coordinates of the canvas. 1msliderHeight0m 1msliderWidth 22mThe size of the slider. translations The event bindings associated with this wid- get. 1m540m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m x y The location of the upper left outside corner of this widget in its parent. 1m3.5.2. Panner Actions0m The actions supported by the Panner widget are: 1mstart22m() This action begins movement of the slider. 1mstop22m() This action ends movement of the slider. 1mabort22m() This action ends movement of the slider and restores it to the position it held when the 1mstart 22maction was invoked. 1mmove22m() This action moves the outline of the slider (if the 1mrubberBand 22mresource is True) or the slider itself (by invoking the 1mnotify 22maction procedure). 1mpage22m(4mxamount24m,4myamount24m) This action moves the slider by the specified amounts. The format for the amounts is a signed or unsigned floating-point number (e.g., +1.0 or -.5) followed by either 1mp0m indicating pages (slider sizes), or 1mc 22mindi- cating canvas sizes. Thus, 4mpage(+0,+.5p)0m represents vertical movement down one-half the height of the slider and 4mpage(0,0)24m repre- sents moving to the upper left corner of the canvas. 1mnotify22m() This action informs the application of the slider's current position by invoking the 1mreportCallback 22mfunctions registered by the application. 1mset22m(4mwhat24m,4mvalue24m) This action changes the behavior of the Pan- ner. The 4mwhat24m argument must currently be the string 1mrubberband 22mand controls the value of the 1mrubberBand 22mresource. The 4mvalue24m argument may have one of the values 1mon22m, 1moff22m, or 1mtog-0m 1mgle22m. The default bindings for Panner are: : start() :move() : notify() stop() : abort() 1m550m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m KP_Enter:set(rubberband,toggle) space: page(+1p,+1p) Delete:page(-1p,-1p) BackSpace:page(-1p,-1p) Left: page(-.5p,+0) Right: page(+.5p,+0) Up: page(+0,-.5p) Down: page(+0,+.5p) Home: page(0,0) 1m3.5.3. Panner Callbacks0m The functions registered on the 1mreportCallback 22mlist are invoked by the 1mnotify 22maction as follows: void ReportProc(4mpanner24m, 4mclient_data24m, 4mreport24m) Widget 4mpanner24m; XtPointer 4mclient_data24m; XtPointer 4mreport24m; /* (XawPannerReport *) */ 4mpanner24m Specifies the Panner widget. 4mclient_data0m Specifies the client data. 4mreport24m Specifies a pointer to an 1mXawPannerReport 22mstruc- ture containing the location and size of the slider and the size of the canvas. 1m3.6. Repeater Widget0m Application header file Class header file Class repeaterWidgetClass Class Name Repeater Superclass Command The Repeater widget is a subclass of the Command widget; see the Command documentation for details. The difference is that the Repeater can call its registered callbacks repeat- edly, at an increasing rate. The default translation does so for the duration the user holds down pointer button 1 while the pointer is on the Repeater. 1m3.6.1. Resources0m When creating a Repeater widget instance, the following resources are retrieved from the argument list or from the resource database: 1m560m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1mName Class Type NotesDefault Value0m ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- accelerators Accelerators AcceleratorTable NULL ancestorSensitive AncestorSensitive Boolean D True background Background Pixel XtDefaultBackground backgroundPixmap Pixmap Pixmap XtUnspecifiedPixmap bitmap Bitmap Pixmap None borderColor BorderColor Pixel XtDefaultForeground borderPixmap Pixmap Pixmap XtUnspecifiedPixmap borderWidth BorderWidth Dimension 1 callback Callback XtCallbackList NULL colormap Colormap Colormap Parent's Colormap cornerRoundPercent CornerRoundPercentDimension 25 cursor Cursor Cursor None cursorName Cursor String NULL decay Decay Int 5 depth Depth int C Parent's Depth destroyCallback Callback XtCallbackList NULL encoding Encoding UnsignedChar XawTextEncoding8bit flash Boolean Boolean False font Font XFontStruct XtDefaultFont fontSet FontSet XFontSet XtDefaultFontSet foreground Foreground Pixel XtDefaultForeground height Height Dimension A graphic height + 2 * 1minternalHeight0m highlightThickness Thickness Dimension A 2 (0 if Shaped) initialDelay Delay Int 200 insensitiveBorder Insensitive Pixmap GreyPixmap internalHeight Height Dimension 2 internalWidth Width Dimension 4 international International Boolean C False justify Justify Justify XtJustifyCenter (center) label Label String name of widget leftBitmap LeftBitmap Bitmap None mappedWhenManaged MappedWhenManaged Boolean True minimumDelay MinimumDelay Int 10 pointerColor Foreground Pixel XtDefaultForeground pointerColorBackgroundBackground Pixel XtDefaultBackground repeatDelay Delay Int 50 resize Resize Boolean True screen Screen Pointer R Parent's Screen sensitive Sensitive Boolean True shapeStyle ShapeStyle ShapeStyle Rectangle startCallback StartCallback Callback NULL stopCallback StopCallback Callback NULL translations Translations TranslationTable See below width Width Dimension A graphic width + 2 * 1minternalWidth0m x Position Position 0 y Position Position 0 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1m570m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m accelerators A list of event to action bindings to be exe- cuted by this widget, even though the event occurred in another widget. (See the 4mX24m 4mTool-0m 4mkit24m 4mIntrinsics24m 4m--24m 4mC24m 4mLanguage24m 4mInterface24m for details). ancestorSensitive The sensitivity state of the ancestors of this widget. A widget is insensitive if either it or any of its ancestors is insensi- tive. This resource should not be changed with 1mXtSetValues22m, although it may be queried. background A pixel value which indexes the widget's col- ormap to derive the background color of the widget's window. backgroundPixmap The background pixmap of this widget's win- dow. If this resource is set to anything other than 1mXtUnspecifiedPixmap22m, the pixmap specified will be used instead of the back- ground color. bitmap A bitmap to display instead of the 1mlabel22m. The default size of the widget will be just large enough to contain the bitmap and the widget's internal width and height. The resource converter for this resource con- structs bitmaps from the contents of files. (See 1mConverting Bitmaps 22mfor details.) If this bitmap is one bit deep then the 1's will be rendered in the foreground color, and the 0's in the background color. If 1mbitmap 22mhas a depth greater than one, it is copied directly into the window. borderColor A pixel value which indexes the widget's col- ormap to derive the border color of the wid- get's window. borderPixmap The border pixmap of this widget's window. If this resource is set to anything other than 1mXtUnspecifiedPixmap22m, the pixmap speci- fied will be used instead of the border color. borderWidth The width of this widget's window border. callback A list of routines to be called when the 1mnotify 22maction is invoked. colormap The colormap that this widget will use. 1m580m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m cornerRoundPercent When a 1mShapeStyle 22mof 1mroundedRectangle 22mis used, this resource controls the radius of the rounded corner. The radius of the rounded corners is specified as a percentage of the length of the shortest side of the widget. cursor The image that will be displayed as the pointer cursor whenever it is in this widget. The use of this resource is deprecated in favor of 1mcursorName22m. cursorName The name of the symbol to use to represent the pointer cursor. This resource will over- ride the 1mcursor 22mresource if both are speci- fied. (See 2.4.1) 1mdecay 22mThe number of milliseconds that should be subtracted from each succeeding interval while the Repeater button is being held down until the interval has reached 1mminimumDelay0m milliseconds. depth The depth of this widget's window. destroyCallback All functions on this list are called when this widget is destroyed. encoding The encoding method used by the value of the 1mlabel 22mresource. The value may be 1mXawTextEn-0m 1mcoding8bit 22mor 1mXawTextEncodingChar2b22m. When 1minternational 22mis set to 1mtrue 22mthis resource is not used. 1mflash 22mWhether or not to flash the Repeater button whenever the timer goes off. font The text font to use when displaying the 1mlabel22m, when the 1minternational 22mresource is 1mfalse22m. fontSet The text font set to use when displaying the 1mlabel22m, when the 1minternational 22mresource is 1mtrue22m. foreground A pixel value which indexes the widget's col- ormap to derive the foreground color of the widget's window. This color is also used to render all 1's in a 1mbitmap 22mone plane deep. height 1m590m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m width The height and width of this widget in pix- els. highlightThickness The thickness of the rectangle that is used to highlight the internal border of this wid- get, alerting the user that it is ready to be selected. The default value is 2 pixels if the 1mshapeStyle 22mis 1mrectangle22m, and 0 Pixels (no highlighting) otherwise. 1minitialDelay 22mThe number of milliseconds between the begin- ning of the Repeater button being held down and the first invocation of the 1mcallback0m function. insensitiveBorder This pixmap will be tiled into the widget's border if the widget becomes insensitive. internalHeight internalWidth The minimum amount of space to leave between the graphic and the vertical and horizontal edges of the window. international This is a boolean flag, only settable at wid- get creation time. A value of 1mfalse 22msignals the widget to use pre-R6 internationalization (specifically, the lack thereof), such as using fonts for displaying text, etc. A value of 1mtrue 22mdirects the widget to act in an internationalized manner, such as utilizing font sets for displaying text, etc. justify Specifies left, center, or right alignment of graphic within the widget. This resource may be specified with the values 1mXtJustifyLeft22m, 1mXtJustifyCenter22m, or 1mXtJustifyRight22m. A con- verter is registered for this resource that will convert the following strings: 1mleft,0m 1mright, 22mand 1mcenter22m. This resource only has noticeable effect when the width of the wid- get is larger than necessary to display the graphic. Note that when the graphic is a multi-line 1mlabel22m, the longest line will obey this justification while shorter lines will be left-justified with the longest one. label Specifies the text string to be displayed in the widget's window if no bitmap is speci- fied. The default is the name of this wid- get. Regardless of the value of 1mencoding 22mor 1minternational22m, a single newline character (1 1m600m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m byte) will cause a line break. leftBitmap Specifies a bitmap to display to the left of the graphic in the widget's window. mappedWhenManaged If this resource is 1mTrue22m, then the widget's window will automatically be mapped by the Toolkit when it is realized and managed. 1mminimumDelay 22mThe minimum time between callbacks in mil- liseconds. pointerColor A pixel value which indexes the widget's col- ormap to derive the foreground color of the pointer symbol specified by the 1mcursorName0m resource. pointerColorBackground A pixel value which indexes the widget's colormap to derive the background color of the pointer symbol specified by the 1mcursor-0m 1mName 22mresource. 1mrepeatDelay 22mThe number of milliseconds between each call- back after the first (minus an increasing number of 1mdecay22ms). resize Specifies whether the widget should attempt to resize to its preferred dimensions when- ever its resources are modified with 1mXtSet-0m 1mValues22m. This attempt to resize may be denied by the parent of this widget. The parent is always free to resize the widget regardless of the state of this resource. screen The screen on which this widget is displayed. This is not a settable resource. sensitive Whether or not the toolkit should pass user events to this widget. The widget will not get input events if either 1mancestorSensitive0m or 1msensitive 22mis 1mFalse22m. shapeStyle Nonrectangular widgets may be created using this resource. Nonrectangular widgets are supported only on a server that supports the 1mShape Extension22m. If nonrectangular widgets are specified for a server lacking this extension, the shape is ignored and the wid- gets will be rectangular. The following shapes are currently supported: 1mXmuShapeRect-0m 1mangle22m, 1mXmuShapeOval22m, 1mXmuShapeEllipse22m, and 1mXmuShapeRoundedRectangle22m. A converter is 1m610m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m registered for this resource that will con- vert the following strings: 1mrectangle, oval,0m 1mellipse, 22mand 1mroundedRectangle22m. 1mstartCallback 22mThe list of functions to invoke by the 1mstart0m action (typically when the Repeater button is first pressed). The callback data parameter is set to NULL. 1mstopCallback 22mThe list of functions to invoke by the 1mstop0m action (typically when the Repeater button is released). The callback data parameter is set to NULL. translations The event bindings associated with this wid- get. x y The location of the upper left outside corner of this widget in its parent. 1m3.6.2. Repeater Actions0m The Repeater widget supports the following actions beyond those of the Command button: 1mstart22m() This invokes the functions on the 1mstartCall-0m 1mback 22mand 1mcallback 22mlists and sets a timer to go off in 1minitialDelay 22mmilliseconds. The timer will cause the 1mcallback 22mfunctions to be invoked with increasing frequency until the 1mstop 22maction occurs. 1mstop22m() This invokes the functions on the 1mstopCall-0m 1mback 22mlist and prevents any further timers from occuring until the next 1mstart 22maction. The following are the default translation bindings used by the Repeater widget: : highlight() : unhighlight() : set() start() : stop() unset() 1m3.7. Scrollbar Widget0m Application header file 1m620m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m Class header file Class scrollbarWidgetClass Class Name Scrollbar Superclass Simple A Scrollbar widget is a rectangle, called the ``canvas,'' on which another rectangle, the ``thumb,'' moves in one dimen- sion, either vertically or horizontally. A Scrollbar can be used alone, as a value generator, or it can be used within a composite widget (for example, a Viewport). When a Scroll- bar is used to move, or ``scroll,'' the contents of another widget, the size and the position of the thumb usually give feedback as to what portion of the other widget's contents are visible. Each pointer button invokes a specific action. Pointer but- tons 1 and 3 do not move the thumb automatically. Instead, they return the pixel position of the cursor on the scroll region. When pointer button 2 is clicked, the thumb moves to the current pointer position. When pointer button 2 is held down and the pointer is moved, the thumb follows the pointer. The pointer cursor in the scroll region changes depending on the current action. When no pointer button is pressed, the cursor appears as a double-headed arrow that points in the direction that scrolling can occur. When pointer button 1 or 3 is pressed, the cursor appears as a single-headed arrow that points in the logical direction that the thumb will move. When pointer button 2 is pressed, the cursor appears as an arrow that points to the top or the left of the thumb. When the user scrolls, the application receives notification through callback procedures. For both discrete scrolling actions, the callback returns the Scrollbar widget, the client_data, and the pixel position of the pointer when the button was released. For continuous scrolling, the callback routine returns the scroll bar widget, the client data, and the current relative position of the thumb. When the thumb is moved using pointer button 2, the callback procedure is invoked continuously. When either button 1 or 3 is pressed, the callback procedure is invoked only when the button is released and the client callback procedure is responsible for moving the thumb. 1m3.7.1. Resources0m When creating a Scrollbar widget instance, the following resources are retrieved from the argument list or from the resource database: 1m630m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1mName Class Type NotesDefault Value0m ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- accelerators Accelerators AcceleratorTable NULL ancestorSensitive AncestorSensitiveBoolean D True background Background Pixel XtDefaultBackground backgroundPixmap Pixmap Pixmap XtUnspecifiedPixmap borderColor BorderColor Pixel XtDefaultForeground borderPixmap Pixmap Pixmap XtUnspecifiedPixmap borderWidth BorderWidth Dimension 1 colormap Colormap Colormap parent's Colormap cursor Cursor Cursor None cursorName Cursor String NULL depth Depth int C parent's Depth destroyCallback Callback XtCallbackList NULL foreground Foreground Pixel XtDefaultForeground height Height Dimension A depends on orientation insensitiveBorder Insensitive Pixmap GreyPixmap international International Boolean C False jumpProc Callback XtCallbackList NULL length Length Dimension 1 mappedWhenManaged MappedWhenManagedBoolean True minimumThumb MinimumThumb Dimension 7 orientation Orientation Orientation XtorientVertical (vertical) pointerColor Foreground Pixel XtDefaultForeground pointerColorBackgroundBackground Pixel XtDefaultBackground screen Screen Screen R parent's Screen scrollDCursor Cursor Cursor XC_sb_down_arrow scrollHCursor Cursor Cursor XC_sb_h_double_arrow scrollLCursor Cursor Cursor XC_sb_left_arrow scrollProc Callback XtCallbackList NULL scrollRCursor Cursor Cursor XC_sb_right_arrow scrollUCursor Cursor Cursor XC_sb_up_arrow scrollVCursor Cursor Cursor XC_sb_v_arrow sensitive Sensitive Boolean True shown Shown Float 0.0 thickness Thickness Dimension 14 thumb Thumb Bitmap GreyPixmap thumbProc Callback XtCallbackList NULL topOfThumb TopOfThumb Float 0.0 translations Translations TranslationTable See below width Width Dimension A depends on orientation x Position Position 0 y Position Position 0 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- accelerators A list of event to action bindings to be exe- cuted by this widget, even though the event occurred in another widget. (See the 4mX24m 4mTool-0m 4mkit24m 4mIntrinsics24m 4m--24m 4mC24m 4mLanguage24m 4mInterface24m for details). 1m640m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m ancestorSensitive The sensitivity state of the ancestors of this widget. A widget is insensitive if either it or any of its ancestors is insensi- tive. This resource should not be changed with 1mXtSetValues22m, although it may be queried. background A pixel value which indexes the widget's col- ormap to derive the background color of the widget's window. backgroundPixmap The background pixmap of this widget's win- dow. If this resource is set to anything other than 1mXtUnspecifiedPixmap22m, the pixmap specified will be used instead of the back- ground color. borderColor A pixel value which indexes the widget's col- ormap to derive the border color of the wid- get's window. borderPixmap The border pixmap of this widget's window. If this resource is set to anything other than 1mXtUnspecifiedPixmap22m, the pixmap speci- fied will be used instead of the border color. borderWidth The width of this widget's window border. colormap The colormap that this widget will use. cursor The image that will be displayed as the pointer cursor whenever it is in this widget. The use of this resource is deprecated in favor of 1mcursorName22m. cursorName The name of the symbol to use to represent the pointer cursor. This resource will over- ride the 1mcursor 22mresource if both are speci- fied. (See 2.4.1) depth The depth of this widget's window. destroyCallback All functions on this list are called when this widget is destroyed. 1mforeground 22mA pixel value which indexes the widget's col- ormap to derive the color used to draw the thumb. height 1m650m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m width The height and width of this widget in pix- els. insensitiveBorder This pixmap will be tiled into the widget's border if the widget becomes insensitive. international This is a boolean flag, only settable at wid- get creation time. While not utilized in this widget, it can and should be checked by any subclasses that have behavior that should vary with locale. 1mjumpProc 22mAll functions on this callback list are called when the 1mNotifyThumb 22maction is invoked. See the 1mScrollbar Actions 22msection for details. 1mlength 22mThe height of a vertical scrollbar or the width of a horizontal scrollbar. mappedWhenManaged If this resource is 1mTrue22m, then the widget's window will automatically be mapped by the Toolkit when it is realized and managed. 1mminimumThumb 22mThe smallest size, in pixels, to which the thumb can shrink. 1morientation 22mThe orientation is the direction that the thumb will be allowed to move. This value can be either 1mXtorientVertical 22mor 1mXtorientHo-0m 1mrizontal22m. A converter is registered for this resource that will convert the following strings: 1mvertical 22mand 1mhorizontal22m. pointerColor A pixel value which indexes the widget's col- ormap to derive the foreground color of the pointer symbol specified by the 1mcursorName0m resource. pointerColorBackground A pixel value which indexes the widget's colormap to derive the background color of the pointer symbol specified by the 1mcursor-0m 1mName 22mresource. screen The screen on which this widget is displayed. This is not a settable resource. 1mscrollDCursor 22mThis cursor is used when scrolling backward in a vertical scrollbar. 1m660m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m 1mscrollHCursor 22mThis cursor is used when a horizontal scroll- bar is inactive. 1mscrollLCursor 22mThis cursor is used when scrolling forward in a horizontal scrollbar. 1mscrollProc 22mAll functions on this callback list may be called when the 1mNotifyScroll 22maction is invoked. See the 1mScrollbar Actions 22msection for details. 1mscrollRCursor 22mThis cursor is used when scrolling backward in a horizontal scrollbar, or when thumbing a vertical scrollbar. 1mscrollUCursor 22mThis cursor is used when scrolling forward in a vertical scrollbar, or when thumbing a hor- izontal scrollbar. 1mscrollVCursor 22mThis cursor is used when a vertical scrollbar is inactive. sensitive Whether or not the toolkit should pass user events to this widget. The widget will not get input events if either 1mancestorSensitive0m or 1msensitive 22mis 1mFalse22m. 1mshown 22mThis is the size of the thumb, expressed as a percentage (0.0 - 1.0) of the length of the scrollbar. 1mthickness 22mThe width of a vertical scrollbar or the height of a horizontal scrollbar. 1mthumb 22mThis pixmap is used to tile (or stipple) the thumb of the scrollbar. If no tiling is desired, then set this resource to 1mNone22m. This resource will accept either a bitmap or a pixmap that is the same depth as the win- dow. The resource converter for this resource constructs bitmaps from the contents of files. (See 1mConverting Bitmaps 22mfor details.) 1mtopOfThumb 22mThe location of the top of the thumb, as a percentage (0.0 - 1.0) of the length of the scrollbar. This resource was called 1mtop 22min previous versions of the Athena widget set. The name collided with the a Form widget con- straint resource, and had to be changed. translations The event bindings associated with this wid- get. 1m670m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m x y The location of the upper left outside corner of this widget in its parent. 1m3.7.2. Scrollbar Actions0m The actions supported by the Scrollbar widget are: 1mStartScroll22m(4mvalue24m) The possible 4mvalues24m are Forward, Backward, or Continuous. This must be the first action to begin a new movement. 1mNotifyScroll22m(4mvalue24m) The possible 4mvalues24m are Proportional or Full- Length. If the argument to StartScroll was Forward or Backward, NotifyScroll executes the 1mscrollProc 22mcallbacks and passes either; the position of the pointer, if 4mvalue24m is Pro- portional, or the full length of the scroll bar, if 4mvalue24m is FullLength. If the argument to StartScroll was Continuous, NotifyScroll returns without executing any callbacks. 1mEndScroll22m() This must be the last action after a movement is complete. 1mMoveThumb22m() Repositions the Scrollbar's thumb to the cur- rent pointer location. 1mNotifyThumb22m() Calls the 4mjumpProc24m callbacks and passes the relative position of the pointer as a per- centage of the scroll bar length. The default bindings for Scrollbar are: : StartScroll(Forward) : StartScroll(Continuous) MoveThumb() NotifyThumb() : StartScroll(Backward) :MoveThumb() NotifyThumb() : NotifyScroll(Proportional) EndScroll() Examples of additional bindings a user might wish to specify in a resource file are: *Scrollbar.Translations: \ ~Metaspace: StartScroll(Forward) NotifyScroll(FullLength) \n\ Metaspace: StartScroll(Backward) NotifyScroll(FullLength) \n\ 1m680m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m EndScroll() 1m3.7.3. Scrollbar Callbacks0m There are two callback lists provided by the Scrollbar wid- get. The procedural interface for these functions is described here. The calling interface to the 1mscrollProc 22mcallback procedure is: void ScrollProc(4mscrollbar24m, 4mclient_data24m, 4mposition24m) Widget 4mscrollbar24m; XtPointer 4mclient_data24m; XtPointer 4mposition24m; /* int */ 4mscrollbar24m Specifies the Scrollbar widget. 4mclient_data0m Specifies the client data. 4mposition24m Specifies a pixel position in integer form. The 1mscrollProc 22mcallback is used for incremental scrolling and is called by the 1mNotifyScroll 22maction. The position argument is a signed quantity and should be cast to an int when used. Using the default button bindings, button 1 returns a positive value, and button 3 returns a negative value. In both cases, the magnitude of the value is the dis- tance of the pointer in pixels from the top (or left) of the Scrollbar. The value will never be greater than the length of the Scrollbar. The calling interface to the 1mjumpProc 22mcallback procedure is: void JumpProc(4mscrollbar24m, 4mclient_data24m, 4mpercent24m) Widget 4mscrollbar24m; XtPointer 4mclient_data24m; XtPointer 4mpercent_ptr24m; /* float* */ 4mscrollbar24m Specifies the ID of the scroll bar widget. 4mclient_data0m Specifies the client data. 4mpercent_ptr0m Specifies the floating point position of the thumb (0.0 - 1.0). 1m690m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m The 1mjumpProc 22mcallback is used to implement smooth scrolling and is called by the 1mNotifyThumb 22maction. Percent_ptr must be cast to a pointer to float before use; i.e. float percent = *(float*)percent_ptr; With the default button bindings, button 2 moves the thumb interactively, and the 1mjumpProc 22mis called on each new posi- tion of the pointer, while the pointer button remains down. The value specified by 4mpercent_ptr24m is the current location of the thumb (from the top or left of the Scrollbar) expressed as a percentage of the length of the Scrollbar. 1m3.7.4. Convenience Routines0m To set the position and length of a Scrollbar thumb, use 4mXawScrollbarSetThumb24m. void XawScrollbarSetThumb(4mw24m, 4mtop24m, 4mshown24m) Widget 4mw24m; float 4mtop24m; float 4mshown24m; 4mw24m Specifies the Scrollbar widget. 4mtop24m Specifies the position of the top of the thumb as a fraction of the length of the Scrollbar. 4mshown24m Specifies the length of the thumb as a fraction of the total length of the Scrollbar. 4mXawScrollbarThumb24m moves the visible thumb to a new position (0.0 - 1.0) and length (0.0 - 1.0). Either the top or shown arguments can be specified as -1.0, in which case the cur- rent value is left unchanged. Values greater than 1.0 are truncated to 1.0. If called from 1mjumpProc22m, 1mXawScrollbarSetThumb 22mhas no effect. 1m3.7.5. Setting Float Resources0m The 1mshown 22mand 1mtopOfThumb 22mresources are of type 4mfloat24m. These resources can be difficult to get into an argument list. The reason is that C performs an automatic cast of the float value to an integer value, usually truncating the important information. The following code fragment is one portable method of getting a float into an argument list. top = 0.5; if (sizeof(float) > sizeof(XtArgVal)) { 1m700m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m /* * If a float is larger than an XtArgVal then pass this * resource value by reference. */ XtSetArg(args[0], XtNshown, &top); } else { /* * Convince C not to perform an automatic conversion, which * would truncate 0.5 to 0. */ XtArgVal * l_top = (XtArgVal *) ⊤ XtSetArg(args[0], XtNshown, *l_top); } 1m3.8. Simple Widget0m Application Header file Class Header file Class simpleWidgetClass Class Name Simple Superclass Core The Simple widget is not very useful by itself, as it has no semantics of its own. It main purpose is to be used as a common superclass for the other 4msimple24m Athena widgets. This widget adds six resources to the resource list provided by the Core widget and its superclasses. 1m3.8.1. Resources0m When creating a Simple widget instance, the following resources are retrieved from the argument list or from the resource database: --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1mName Class Type NotesDefault Value0m --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- accelerators Accelerators AcceleratorTable NULL ancestorSensitive AncestorSensitiveBoolean D True background Background Pixel XtDefaultBackground backgroundPixmap Pixmap Pixmap XtUnspecifiedPixmap borderColor BorderColor Pixel XtDefaultForeground borderPixmap Pixmap Pixmap XtUnspecifiedPixmap borderWidth BorderWidth Dimension 1 colormap Colormap Colormap Parent's Colormap cursor Cursor Cursor None 1m710m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1mName Class Type NotesDefault Value0m --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- cursorName Cursor String NULL depth Depth int C Parent's Depth destroyCallback Callback XtCallbackList NULL height Height Dimension 0 insensitiveBorder Insensitive Pixmap GreyPixmap international International Boolean C False mappedWhenManaged MappedWhenManagedBoolean True pointerColor Foreground Pixel XtDefaultForeground pointerColorBackgroundBackground Pixel XtDefaultBackground screen Screen Screen R Parent's Screen sensitive Sensitive Boolean True translations Translations TranslationTable NULL width Width Dimension 0 x Position Position 0 y Position Position 0 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- accelerators A list of event to action bindings to be exe- cuted by this widget, even though the event occurred in another widget. (See the 4mX24m 4mTool-0m 4mkit24m 4mIntrinsics24m 4m--24m 4mC24m 4mLanguage24m 4mInterface24m for details). ancestorSensitive The sensitivity state of the ancestors of this widget. A widget is insensitive if either it or any of its ancestors is insensi- tive. This resource should not be changed with 1mXtSetValues22m, although it may be queried. background A pixel value which indexes the widget's col- ormap to derive the background color of the widget's window. backgroundPixmap The background pixmap of this widget's win- dow. If this resource is set to anything other than 1mXtUnspecifiedPixmap22m, the pixmap specified will be used instead of the back- ground color. borderColor A pixel value which indexes the widget's col- ormap to derive the border color of the wid- get's window. borderPixmap The border pixmap of this widget's window. If this resource is set to anything other than 1mXtUnspecifiedPixmap22m, the pixmap speci- fied will be used instead of the border color. 1m720m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m borderWidth The width of this widget's window border. colormap The colormap that this widget will use. 1mcursor 22mThe image that will be displayed as the pointer cursor whenever it is in this widget. The use of this resource is deprecated in favor of 1mcursorName22m. 1mcursorName 22mThe name of the symbol to use to represent the pointer cursor. This resource will over- ride the 1mcursor 22mresource if both are speci- fied. (See 2.4.1) depth The depth of this widget's window. destroyCallback All functions on this list are called when this widget is destroyed. height width The height and width of this widget in pix- els. 1minsensitiveBorder0m This pixmap will be tiled into the widget's border if the widget becomes insensitive. 1minternational 22mThis is a boolean flag, only settable at wid- get creation time. While not utilized in this widget, it can and should be checked by any subclasses that have behavior that should vary with locale. mappedWhenManaged If this resource is 1mTrue22m, then the widget's window will automatically be mapped by the Toolkit when it is realized and managed. 1mpointerColor 22mA pixel value which indexes the widget's col- ormap to derive the foreground color of the pointer symbol specified by the 1mcursorName0m resource. 1mpointerColorBackground0m A pixel value which indexes the widget's colormap to derive the background color of the pointer symbol specified by the 1mcursor-0m 1mName 22mresource. screen The screen on which this widget is displayed. This is not a settable resource. 1m730m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m sensitive Whether or not the toolkit should pass user events to this widget. The widget will not get input events if either 1mancestorSensitive0m or 1msensitive 22mis 1mFalse22m. translations The event bindings associated with this wid- get. x y The location of the upper left outside corner of this widget in its parent. 1m3.9. StripChart Widget0m Application Header file Class Header file Class stripChartWidgetClass Class Name StripChart Superclass Simple The StripChart widget is used to provide a roughly real time graphical chart of a single value. For example, it is used by the common client program 1mxload 22mto provide a graph of processor load. The StripChart reads data from an applica- tion, and updates the chart at the 1mupdate 22minterval speci- fied. 1m3.9.1. Resources0m When creating a StripChart widget instance, the following resources are retrieved from the argument list or from the resource database: ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1mName Class Type NotesDefault Value0m ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- accelerators Accelerators AcceleratorTable NULL ancestorSensitive AncestorSensitiveBoolean D True background Background Pixel XtDefaultBackground backgroundPixmap Pixmap Pixmap XtUnspecifiedPixmap borderColor BorderColor Pixel XtDefaultForeground borderPixmap Pixmap Pixmap XtUnspecifiedPixmap borderWidth BorderWidth Dimension 1 colormap Colormap Colormap Parent's Colormap cursor Cursor Cursor None cursorName Cursor String NULL depth Depth int C Parent's Depth destroyCallback Callback XtCallbackList NULL foreground Foreground Pixel XtDefaultForeground 1m740m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1mName Class Type NotesDefault Value0m ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- getValue Callback XtCallbackList NULL height Height Dimension 120 highlight Foreground Pixel XtDefaultForeground insensitiveBorder Insensitive Pixmap GreyPixmap international International Boolean C False jumpScroll JumpScroll int A half the width of the widget mappedWhenManaged MappedWhenManagedBoolean True minScale Scale int 1 pointerColor Foreground Pixel XtDefaultForeground pointerColorBackgroundBackground Pixel XtDefaultBackground screen Screen Pointer R Parent's Screen sensitive Sensitive Boolean True translations Translations TranslationTable NULL update Interval int 10 width Width Dimension 120 x Position Position 0 y Position Position 0 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- accelerators A list of event to action bindings to be exe- cuted by this widget, even though the event occurred in another widget. (See the 4mX24m 4mTool-0m 4mkit24m 4mIntrinsics24m 4m--24m 4mC24m 4mLanguage24m 4mInterface24m for details). ancestorSensitive The sensitivity state of the ancestors of this widget. A widget is insensitive if either it or any of its ancestors is insensi- tive. This resource should not be changed with 1mXtSetValues22m, although it may be queried. background A pixel value which indexes the widget's col- ormap to derive the background color of the widget's window. backgroundPixmap The background pixmap of this widget's win- dow. If this resource is set to anything other than 1mXtUnspecifiedPixmap22m, the pixmap specified will be used instead of the back- ground color. borderColor A pixel value which indexes the widget's col- ormap to derive the border color of the wid- get's window. borderPixmap The border pixmap of this widget's window. If this resource is set to anything other than 1mXtUnspecifiedPixmap22m, the pixmap 1m750m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m specified will be used instead of the border color. borderWidth The width of this widget's window border. colormap The colormap that this widget will use. cursor The image that will be displayed as the pointer cursor whenever it is in this widget. The use of this resource is deprecated in favor of 1mcursorName22m. cursorName The name of the symbol to use to represent the pointer cursor. This resource will over- ride the 1mcursor 22mresource if both are speci- fied. (See 2.4.1) depth The depth of this widget's window. destroyCallback All functions on this list are called when this widget is destroyed. 1mforeground 22mA pixel value which indexes the widget's col- ormap to derive the color that will be used to draw the graph. 1mgetValue 22mA list of callback functions to call every 1mupdate 22mseconds. This list should contain one function, which returns the value to be graphed by the StripChart widget. The fol- lowing section describes the procedural interface. Behavior when this list has more than one function is undefined. height width The height and width of this widget in pix- els. 1mhighlight 22mA pixel value which indexes the widget's col- ormap to derive the color that will be used to draw the scale lines on the graph. insensitiveBorder This pixmap will be tiled into the widget's border if the widget becomes insensitive. international This is a boolean flag, only settable at wid- get creation time. While not utilized in this widget, it can and should be checked by any subclasses that have behavior that should vary with locale. 1m760m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m 1mjumpScroll 22mWhen the graph reaches the right edge of the window it must be scrolled to the left. This resource specifies the number of pixels it will jump. Smooth scrolling can be achieved by setting this resource to 1. mappedWhenManaged If this resource is 1mTrue22m, then the widget's window will automatically be mapped by the Toolkit when it is realized and managed. 1mminScale 22mThe minimum scale for the graph. The number of divisions on the graph will always be greater than or equal to this value. pointerColor A pixel value which indexes the widget's col- ormap to derive the foreground color of the pointer symbol specified by the 1mcursorName0m resource. pointerColorBackground A pixel value which indexes the widget's colormap to derive the background color of the pointer symbol specified by the 1mcursor-0m 1mName 22mresource. screen The screen on which this widget is displayed. This is not a settable resource. sensitive Whether or not the toolkit should pass user events to this widget. The widget will not get input events if either 1mancestorSensitive0m or 1msensitive 22mis 1mFalse22m. translations The event bindings associated with this wid- get. 1mupdate 22mThe number of seconds between graph updates. Each update is represented on the graph as a 1 pixel wide line. Every 1mupdate 22mseconds the 1mgetValue 22mprocedure will be used to get a new graph point, and this point will be added to the right end of the StripChart. x y The location of the upper left outside corner of this widget in its parent. 1m3.9.2. Getting the StripChart Value0m The StripChart widget will call the application routine passed to it as the 1mgetValue 22mcallback function every 1mupdate0m seconds to obtain another point for the StripChart graph. 1m770m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m The calling interface for the 1mgetValue 22mcallback is: void (*4mgetValueProc24m)(4mw24m, 4mclient_data24m, 4mvalue24m) Widget 4mw24m; XtPointer 4mclient_data24m; XtPointer 4mvalue24m; /* double * */ 4mw24m Specifies the StripChart widget. 4mclient_data0m Specifies the client data. 4mvalue24m Returns a pointer to a double. The application should set the address pointed to by this argument to a double containing the value to be graphed on the StripChart. This function is used by the StripChart to call an applica- tion routine. The routine will pass the value to be graphed back to the the StripChart in the 1mvalue 22mfield of this rou- tine. 1m3.10. Toggle Widget0m Application Header file Class Header file Class toggleWidgetClass Class Name Toggle Superclass Command The Toggle widget is an area, often rectangular, that dis- plays a graphic. The graphic may be a text string contain- ing multiple lines of characters in an 8 bit or 16 bit char- acter set (to be displayed with a 4mfont24m), or in a multi-byte encoding (for use with a 4mfontset24m). The graphic may also be a bitmap or pixmap. This widget maintains a Boolean state (e.g. True/False or On/Off) and changes state whenever it is selected. When the pointer is on the Toggle widget, the Toggle widget may become highlighted by drawing a rectangle around its perime- ter. This highlighting indicates that the Toggle widget is ready for selection. When pointer button 1 is pressed and released, the Toggle widget indicates that it has changed state by reversing its foreground and background colors, and its 1mnotify 22maction is invoked, calling all functions on its callback list. If the pointer is moved off of the widget before the pointer button is released, the Toggle widget reverts to its previous foreground and background colors, 1m780m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m and releasing the pointer button has no effect. This behav- ior allows the user to cancel the operation. Toggle widgets may also be part of a ``radio group.'' A radio group is a list of at least two Toggle widgets in which no more than one Toggle may be set at any time. A radio group is identified by the widget ID of any one of its members. The convenience routine 1mXawToggleGetCurrent 22mwill return information about the Toggle widget in the radio group. Toggle widget state is preserved across changes in sensitiv- ity. 1m3.10.1. Resources0m When creating a Toggle widget instance, the following resources are retrieved from the argument list or from the resource database: ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1mName Class Type NotesDefault Value0m ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- accelerators Accelerators AcceleratorTable NULL ancestorSensitive AncestorSensitive Boolean D True background Background Pixel XtDefaultBackground backgroundPixmap Pixmap Pixmap XtUnspecifiedPixmap bitmap Bitmap Pixmap None borderColor BorderColor Pixel XtDefaultForeground borderPixmap Pixmap Pixmap XtUnspecifiedPixmap borderWidth BorderWidth Dimension 1 callback Callback XtCallbackList NULL colormap Colormap Colormap Parent's Colormap cornerRoundPercent CornerRoundPercentDimension 25 cursor Cursor Cursor None cursorName Cursor String NULL depth Depth int C Parent's Depth destroyCallback Callback XtCallbackList NULL encoding Encoding UnsignedChar XawTextEncoding8bit font Font XFontStruct XtDefaultFont fontSet FontSet XFontSet XtDefaultFontSet foreground Foreground Pixel XtDefaultForeground height Height Dimension A graphic height + 2 * 1minternalHeight0m highlightThickness Thickness Dimension A 2 (0 if Shaped) insensitiveBorder Insensitive Pixmap GreyPixmap internalHeight Height Dimension 2 internalWidth Width Dimension 4 international International Boolean C False justify Justify Justify XtJustifyCenter (center) label Label String name of widget leftBitmap LeftBitmap Bitmap None mappedWhenManaged MappedWhenManaged Boolean True 1m790m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1mName Class Type NotesDefault Value0m ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- pointerColor Foreground Pixel XtDefaultForeground pointerColorBackgroundBackground Pixel XtDefaultBackground radioData RadioData Pointer Name of widget radioGroup Widget Widget No radio group resize Resize Boolean True screen Screen Screen R Parent's Screen sensitive Sensitive Boolean True shapeStype ShapeStyle ShapeStyle Rectangle state State Boolean Off translations Translations TranslationTable See below width Width Dimension A graphic width + 2 * 1minternalWidth0m x Position Position 0 y Position Position 0 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- accelerators A list of event to action bindings to be exe- cuted by this widget, even though the event occurred in another widget. (See the 4mX24m 4mTool-0m 4mkit24m 4mIntrinsics24m 4m--24m 4mC24m 4mLanguage24m 4mInterface24m for details). ancestorSensitive The sensitivity state of the ancestors of this widget. A widget is insensitive if either it or any of its ancestors is insensi- tive. This resource should not be changed with 1mXtSetValues22m, although it may be queried. background A pixel value which indexes the widget's col- ormap to derive the background color of the widget's window. backgroundPixmap The background pixmap of this widget's win- dow. If this resource is set to anything other than 1mXtUnspecifiedPixmap22m, the pixmap specified will be used instead of the back- ground color. bitmap A bitmap to display instead of the 1mlabel22m. The default size of the widget will be just large enough to contain the bitmap and the widget's internal width and height. The resource converter for this resource con- structs bitmaps from the contents of files. (See 1mConverting Bitmaps 22mfor details.) If this bitmap is one bit deep then the 1's will be rendered in the foreground color, and the 0's in the background color. If 1mbitmap 22mhas a depth greater than one, it is copied directly 1m800m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m into the window. borderColor A pixel value which indexes the widget's col- ormap to derive the border color of the wid- get's window. borderPixmap The border pixmap of this widget's window. If this resource is set to anything other than 1mXtUnspecifiedPixmap22m, the pixmap speci- fied will be used instead of the border color. borderWidth The width of this widget's window border. callback A list of routines to be called when the 1mnotify 22maction is invoked. colormap The colormap that this widget will use. cornerRoundPercent When a 1mShapeStyle 22mof 1mroundedRectangle 22mis used, this resource controls the radius of the rounded corner. The radius of the rounded corners is specified as a percentage of the length of the shortest side of the widget. cursor The image that will be displayed as the pointer cursor whenever it is in this widget. The use of this resource is deprecated in favor of 1mcursorName22m. cursorName The name of the symbol to use to represent the pointer cursor. This resource will over- ride the 1mcursor 22mresource if both are speci- fied. (See 2.4.1) depth The depth of this widget's window. destroyCallback All functions on this list are called when this widget is destroyed. encoding The encoding method used by the value of the 1mlabel 22mresource. The value may be 1mXawTextEn-0m 1mcoding8bit 22mor 1mXawTextEncodingChar2b22m. When 1minternational 22mis set to 1mtrue 22mthis resource is not used. font The text font to use when displaying the 1mlabel22m, when the 1minternational 22mresource is 1mfalse22m. 1m810m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m fontSet The text font set to use when displaying the 1mlabel22m, when the 1minternational 22mresource is 1mtrue22m. foreground A pixel value which indexes the widget's col- ormap to derive the foreground color of the widget's window. This color is also used to render all 1's in a 1mbitmap 22mone plane deep. height width The height and width of this widget in pix- els. highlightThickness The thickness of the rectangle that is used to highlight the internal border of this wid- get, alerting the user that it is ready to be selected. The default value is 2 pixels if the 1mshapeStyle 22mis 1mrectangle22m, and 0 Pixels (no highlighting) otherwise. insensitiveBorder This pixmap will be tiled into the widget's border if the widget becomes insensitive. internalHeight internalWidth The minimum amount of space to leave between the graphic and the vertical and horizontal edges of the window. international This is a boolean flag, only settable at wid- get creation time. A value of 1mfalse 22msignals the widget to use pre-R6 internationalization (specifically, the lack thereof), such as using fonts for displaying text, etc. A value of 1mtrue 22mdirects the widget to act in an internationalized manner, such as utilizing font sets for displaying text, etc. justify Specifies left, center, or right alignment of graphic within the widget. This resource may be specified with the values 1mXtJustifyLeft22m, 1mXtJustifyCenter22m, or 1mXtJustifyRight22m. A con- verter is registered for this resource that will convert the following strings: 1mleft,0m 1mright, 22mand 1mcenter22m. This resource only has noticeable effect when the width of the wid- get is larger than necessary to display the graphic. Note that when the graphic is a multi-line 1mlabel22m, the longest line will obey this justification while shorter lines will be left-justified with the longest one. 1m820m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m label Specifies the text string to be displayed in the widget's window if no bitmap is speci- fied. The default is the name of this wid- get. Regardless of the value of 1mencoding 22mor 1minternational22m, a single newline character (1 byte) will cause a line break. leftBitmap Specifies a bitmap to display to the left of the graphic in the widget's window. mappedWhenManaged If this resource is 1mTrue22m, then the widget's window will automatically be mapped by the Toolkit when it is realized and managed. pointerColor A pixel value which indexes the widget's col- ormap to derive the foreground color of the pointer symbol specified by the 1mcursorName0m resource. pointerColorBackground A pixel value which indexes the widget's colormap to derive the background color of the pointer symbol specified by the 1mcursor-0m 1mName 22mresource. 1mradioData 22mSpecifies the data that will be returned by 1mXawToggleGetCurrent 22mwhen this is the cur- rently 4mset24m widget in the radio group. This value is also used to identify the Toggle that will be set by a call to 1mXawToggle-0m 1mSetCurrent22m. The value NULL will be returned by 1mXawToggleGetCurrent 22mif no widget in a radio group is currently set. Programmers must not specify NULL (or Zero) as 1mradioData22m. 1mradioGroup 22mSpecifies another Toggle widget that is in the radio group to which this Toggle widget should be added. A radio group is a group of at least two Toggle widgets, only one of which may be 4mset24m at a time. If this value is NULL (the default) then the Toggle will not be part of any radio group and can change state without affecting any other Toggle wid- gets. If the widget specified in this resource is not already in a radio group then a new radio group will be created containing these two Toggle widgets. No Toggle widget can be in multiple radio groups. The behav- ior of a radio group of one toggle is unde- fined. A converter is registered which will convert widget names to widgets without caching. 1m830m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m resize Specifies whether the widget should attempt to resize to its preferred dimensions when- ever its resources are modified with 1mXtSet-0m 1mValues22m. This attempt to resize may be denied by the parent of this widget. The parent is always free to resize the widget regardless of the state of this resource. screen The screen on which this widget is displayed. This is not a settable resource. sensitive Whether or not the toolkit should pass user events to this widget. The widget will not get input events if either 1mancestorSensitive0m or 1msensitive 22mis 1mFalse22m. shapeStyle Nonrectangular widgets may be created using this resource. Nonrectangular widgets are supported only on a server that supports the 1mShape Extension22m. If nonrectangular widgets are specified for a server lacking this extension, the shape is ignored and the wid- gets will be rectangular. The following shapes are currently supported: 1mXmuShapeRect-0m 1mangle22m, 1mXmuShapeOval22m, 1mXmuShapeEllipse22m, and 1mXmuShapeRoundedRectangle22m. A converter is registered for this resource that will con- vert the following strings: 1mrectangle, oval,0m 1mellipse, 22mand 1mroundedRectangle22m. 1mstate 22mSpecifies whether the Toggle widget is set (1mTrue22m) or unset (1mFalse22m). translations The event bindings associated with this wid- get. x y The location of the upper left outside corner of this widget in its parent. 1m3.10.2. Toggle Actions0m The Toggle widget supports the following actions: · Switching the Toggle widget between the foreground and background colors with 1mset 22mand 1munset 22mand 1mtoggle0m · Processing application callbacks with 1mnotify0m · Switching the internal border between highlighted and unhighlighted states with 1mhighlight 22mand 1munhighlight0m The following are the default translation bindings used by the Toggle widget: 1m840m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m : highlight(Always) : unhighlight() ,:toggle() notify() 1m3.10.3. Toggle Actions0m The full list of actions supported by Toggle is: 1mhighlight22m(4mcondition24m) Displays the internal highlight border in the color (1mforeground 22mor 1mbackground 22m) that con- trasts with the interior color of the Toggle widget. The conditions 1mWhenUnset 22mand 1mAlways0m are understood by this action procedure. If no argument is passed then 1mWhenUnset 22mis assumed. 1munhighlight22m() Displays the internal highlight border in the color (1mforeground 22mor 1mbackground 22m) that matches the interior color of the Toggle wid- get. 1mset22m() Enters the 4mset24m state, in which 1mnotify 22mis pos- sible. This action causes the Toggle widget to display its interior in the 1mforeground0m color. The label or bitmap is displayed in the 1mbackground 22mcolor. 1munset22m() Cancels the 4mset24m state and displays the inte- rior of the Toggle widget in the 1mbackground0m color. The label or bitmap is displayed in the 1mforeground 22mcolor. 1mtoggle22m() Changes the current state of the Toggle wid- get, causing to be set if it was previously unset, and unset if it was previously set. If the widget is to be set, and is in a radio group then this procedure may unset another Toggle widget causing all routines on its callback list to be invoked. The callback routines for the Toggle that is to be unset will be called before the one that is to be set. 1mreset22m() Cancels any 1mset 22mor 1mhighlight 22mand displays the interior of the Toggle widget in the 1mback-0m 1mground 22mcolor, with the label displayed in the 1mforeground 22mcolor. 1mnotify22m() When the Toggle widget is in the 1mset 22mstate this action calls all functions in the call- back list named by the 1mcallback 22mresource. The value of the call_data argument in these 1m850m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m callback functions is undefined. Note When a bitmap of depth greater that one (1) is specified the 4mset24m(), 4munset24m(), and 4mreset24m() actions have no effect, since there are no foreground and background colors used in a multi-plane pixmap. 1m3.10.4. Radio Groups0m There are typically two types of radio groups desired by applications. The default translations for the Toggle wid- get implement a "zero or one of many" radio group. This means that there may be no more than one Toggle widget active, but there need not be any Toggle widgets active. The other type of radio group is "one of many" and has the more strict policy that there will always be exactly one radio button active. Toggle widgets can be used to provide this interface with a slight modification to the translation table of each Toggle in the group. : highlight(Always) : unhighlight() ,:set() notify() This translation table will not allow any Toggle to be 4munset0m except as a result of another Toggle becoming 4mset24m. It is the application programmer's responsibility to choose an initial state for the radio group by setting the 1mstate0m resource of one of its member widgets to 1mTrue22m. 1m3.10.5. Convenience Routines0m The following functions allow easy access to the Toggle wid- get's radio group functionality. 1m3.10.5.1. Changing the Toggle's Radio Group.0m To enable an application to change the Toggle's radio group, add the Toggle to a radio group, or remove the Toggle from a radio group, use 1mXawToggleChangeRadioGroup22m. void XawToggleChangeRadioGroup(4mw24m, 4mradio_group24m) Widget 4mw24m, 4mradio_group24m; 4mw24m Specifies the Toggle widget. 1m860m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m 4mradio_group0m Specifies any Toggle in the new radio group. If NULL then the Toggle will be removed from any radio group of which it is a member. If a Toggle is already 4mset24m in the new radio group, and the Toggle to be added is also 4mset24m then the previously 4mset24m Tog- gle in the radio group is 4munset24m and its callback procedures are invoked. 1mFinding the Currently selected Toggle in a radio group of0m 1mToggles0m To find the currently selected Toggle in a radio group of Toggle widgets use 1mXawToggleGetCurrent22m. XtPointer XawToggleGetCurrent(4mradio_group24m); Widget 4mradio_group24m; 4mradio_group0m Specifies any Toggle widget in the radio group. The value returned by this function is the 4mradioData24m of the Toggle in this radio group that is currently set. The default value for 4mradioData24m is the name of that Toggle wid- get. If no Toggle is set in the radio group specified then NULL is returned. 1mChanging the Toggle that is set in a radio group.0m To change the Toggle that is currently set in a radio group use 1mXawToggleSetCurrent22m. void XawToggleSetCurrent(4mradio_group24m, 4mradio_data24m); Widget 4mradio_group24m; XtPointer 4mradio_data24m; 4mradio_group0m Specifies any Toggle widget in the radio group. 4mradio_data0m Specifies the 4mradioData24m identifying the Toggle that should be set in the radio group specified by the 4mradio_group24m argument. 1mXawToggleSetCurrent 22mlocates the Toggle widget to be set by matching 4mradio_data24m against the 1mradioData 22mfor each Toggle in the radio group. If none match, 1mXawToggleSetCurrent 22mreturns without making any changes. If more than one Toggle matches, 1mXawToggleSetCurrent 22mwill choose a Toggle to set arbitrarily. If this causes any Toggle widgets to change state, all routines in their callback lists will be invoked. 1m870m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m The callback routines for a Toggle that is to be unset will be called before the one that is to be set. 1mUnsetting all Toggles in a radio group.0m To unset all Toggle widgets in a radio group use 1mXawToggle-0m 1mUnsetCurrent22m. void XawToggleUnsetCurrent(4mradio_group24m); Widget 4mradio_group24m; 4mradio_group0m Specifies any Toggle widget in the radio group. If this causes a Toggle widget to change state, all routines on its callback list will be invoked. 1m880m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m 1mChapter 40m 1mMenus0m The Athena widget set provides support for single paned non- hierarchical popup and pulldown menus. Since menus are such a common user interface tool, support for them must be pro- vided in even the most basic widget sets. In menuing as in other areas, the Athena Widget Set provides only basic func- tionality. Menus in the Athena widget set are implemented as a menu container (the SimpleMenu widget) and a collection of objects that comprise the menu entries. The SimpleMenu wid- get is itself a direct subclass of the OverrideShell widget class, so no other shell is necessary when creating a menu. The managed children of a SimpleMenu must be subclasses of the Sme (Simple Menu Entry) object. The Athena widget set provides three classes of Sme objects that may be used to build menus. 1mSme 22mThe base class of all menu entries. It may be used as a menu entry itself to provide blank space in a menu. ``Sme'' means ``Simple Menu Entry.'' 1mSmeBSB 22mThis menu entry provides a selectable entry con- taining a text string. A bitmap may also be placed in the left and right margins. ``BSB'' means ``Bitmap String Bitmap.'' 1mSmeLine 22mThis menu entry provides an unselectable entry containing a separator line. The SimpleMenu widget informs the window manager that it should ignore its window by setting the 1mOverride Redirect0m flag. This is the correct behavior for the press-drag- release style of menu operation. If click-move-click or ``pinable''' menus are desired it is the responsibility of the application programmer, using the SimpleMenu resources, to inform the window manager of the menu. To allow easy creation of pulldown menus, a MenuButton wid- get is also provided as part of the Athena widget set. 1m890m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m 1m4.1. Using the Menus0m The default configuration for the menus is press-drag- release. The menus will typically be activated by clicking a pointer button while the pointer is over a MenuButton, causing the menu to appear in a fixed location relative to that button; this is a 1mpulldown 22mmenu. Menus may also be activated when a specific pointer and/or key sequence is used anywhere in the application; this is a 1mpopup 22mmenu (e.g. clicking Ctrl- in the common application 1mxterm22m). In this case the menu should be positioned under the cursor. Typically menus will be placed so the pointer cursor is on the first menu entry, or the last entry selected by the user. The menu remains on the screen as long as the pointer button is held down. Moving the pointer will highlight different menu items. If the pointer leaves the menu, or moves over an entry that cannot be selected then no menu entry will highlighted. When the desired menu entry has been high- lighted, releasing the pointer button removes the menu, and causes any mechanism associated with this entry to be invoked. 1m4.2. SimpleMenu Widget0m Application Header file Class Header file Class simpleMenuWidgetClass Class Name SimpleMenu Superclass OverrideShell The SimpleMenu widget is a container for the menu entries. It is a direct subclass of shell, and is should be created with 1mXtCreatePopupShell22m, not 1mXtCreateManagedWidget22m. This is the only part of the menu that actually is associated with a window. The SimpleMenu serves as the glue to bind the indi- vidual menu entries together into a menu. 1m4.2.1. Resources0m The resources associated with the SimpleMenu widget control aspects that will affect the entire menu. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1mName Class Type Notes Default Value0m ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- accelerators Accelerators AcceleratorTable NULL ancestorSensitive AncestorSensitive Boolean D True 1m900m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1mName Class Type Notes Default Value0m ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- allowShellResize AllowShellResize Boolean True background Background Pixel XtDefaultBackground backgroundPixmap Pixmap Pixmap XtUnspecifiedPixmap backingStore BackingStore BackingStore see below borderColor BorderColor Pixel XtDefaultForeground borderPixmap Pixmap Pixmap XtUnspecifiedPixmap borderWidth BorderWidth Dimension 1 bottomMargin VerticalMargins Dimension 0 children ReadOnly WidgetList R NULL createPopupChildProc CreatePopupChildProc Function NULL colormap Colormap Colormap Parent's Colormap cursor Cursor Cursor None depth Depth int C Parent's Depth destroyCallback Callback XtCallbackList NULL geometry Geometry String NULL height Height Dimension Enough space to contain all entries label Label String NULL labelClass LabelClass Pointer SmeBSBObjectClass mappedWhenManaged MappedWhenManaged Boolean True menuOnScreen MenuOnScreen Boolean True numChildren ReadOnly Cardinal R 0 overrideRedirect OverrideRedirect Boolean True popdownCallback Callback XtCallbackList NULL popupCallback Callback XtCallbackList NULL popupOnEntry PopupOnEntry Widget A Label or first entry rowHeight RowHeight Dimension 0 saveUnder SaveUnder Boolean False screen Screen Screen R Parent's Screen sensitive Sensitive Boolean True topMargin VerticalMargins Dimension 0 translations Translations TranslationTable See below visual Visual Visual CopyFromParent width Width Dimension Width of widest entry x Position Position 0 y Position Position 0 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- accelerators A list of event to action bindings to be exe- cuted by this widget, even though the event occurred in another widget. (See the 4mX24m 4mTool-0m 4mkit24m 4mIntrinsics24m 4m--24m 4mC24m 4mLanguage24m 4mInterface24m for details). ancestorSensitive The sensitivity state of the ancestors of this widget. A widget is insensitive if either it or any of its ancestors is insensi- tive. This resource should not be changed with 1mXtSetValues22m, although it may be queried. 1m910m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m 1mbackingStore 22mDetermines what type of backing store will be used for the menu. Legal values for this resource are 1mNotUseful22m, 1mWhenMapped22m, and 1mAlways22m. These values are the backing-store integers defined in . A converter is registered for this resource that will convert the following strings: 1mnotUseful,0m 1mwhenMapped, always, 22mand 1mdefault22m. If 1mdefault0m is specified (the default behavior) the server will use whatever it thinks is appro- priate. background A pixel value which indexes the widget's col- ormap to derive the background color of the widget's window. backgroundPixmap The background pixmap of this widget's win- dow. If this resource is set to anything other than 1mXtUnspecifiedPixmap22m, the pixmap specified will be used instead of the back- ground color. borderColor A pixel value which indexes the widget's col- ormap to derive the border color of the wid- get's window. borderPixmap The border pixmap of this widget's window. If this resource is set to anything other than 1mXtUnspecifiedPixmap22m, the pixmap speci- fied will be used instead of the border color. borderWidth The width of this widget's window border. 1mbottomMargin0m 1mtopMargin 22mThe amount of space between the top or bottom of the menu and the menu entry closest to that edge. children A list of all this composite widget's current children. colormap The colormap that this widget will use. 1mcursor 22mThe shape of the mouse pointer whenever it is in this widget. depth The depth of this widget's window. destroyCallback All functions on this list are called when this widget is destroyed. 1m920m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m geometry If this resource is specified it will over- ride the x, y, width and height of this wid- get. The format of this string is [<4mwidth24m>x<4mheight24m>][{+ -} <4mxoffset24m> {+ -}<4myoffset24m>]. height width The height and width of this widget in pix- els. 1mlabel 22mThis label will be placed at the top of the SimpleMenu, and may not be highlighted. The name of the label object is 1mmenuLabel22m. Using this name it is possible to modify the label's attributes through the resource data- base. When the label is created, the 1mlabel0m is hard coded to the value of 1mlabel22m, and 1mjus-0m 1mtify 22mis hard coded as 1mXtJustifyCenter22m. 1mlabelClass 22mSpecifies the type of Sme object created as the menu label. mappedWhenManaged If this resource is 1mTrue22m, then the widget's window will automatically be mapped by the Toolkit when it is realized and managed. 1mmenuOnScreen 22mIf the menu is automatically positioned under the cursor with the 1mXawPositionSimpleMenu0m action, and this resource is 1mTrue22m, then the menu will always be fully visible on the screen. numChildren The number of children in this composite wid- get. overrideRedirect Determines the value of the override_redirect attribute of the SimpleMenu's window. The override_redirect attribute of a window determines whether or not a window manager may interpose itself between this window and the root window of the display. For more information see the 4mInterclient24m 4mCommunica-0m 4mtions24m 4mConventions24m 4mManual24m. popdownCallback popupCallback These callback functions are called by the Xt Intrinsics whenever the shell is popped up or down (See 4mX24m 4mToolkit24m 4mIntrinsics24m 4m--24m 4mC24m 4mLanguage0m 4mInterface24m for details). 1mpopupOnEntry 22mThe 1mXawPositionSimpleMenu 22maction will, by default, popup the SimpleMenu with its label 1m930m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m (or first entry) directly under the pointer. To popup the menu under another entry, set this resource to the menu entry that should be under the pointer, when the menu is popped up. This allows the application to offer the user a default menu entry that can be selected with out moving the pointer. 1mrowHeight 22mIf this resources is zero (the default) then each menu entry will be given its desired height. If this resource has any other value then all menu entries will be forced to be 1mrowHeight 22mpixels high. saveUnder If this is 1mTrue 22mthen save unders will be active on the menu's window. screen The screen on which this widget is displayed. This is not a settable resource. sensitive Whether or not the toolkit should pass user events to this widget. The widget will not get input events if either 1mancestorSensitive0m or 1msensitive 22mis 1mFalse22m. translations The event bindings associated with this wid- get. x y The location of the upper left outside corner of this widget in its parent. 1m4.2.2. SimpleMenu Actions0m The SimpleMenu widget supports the following actions: · Switching the entry under the mouse pointer between the foreground and background colors with 1mhighlight 22mand 1munhighlight0m · Processing menu entry callbacks with 1mnotify0m The following are the default translation bindings used by the SimpleMenu widget: : highlight() : unhighlight() : highlight() : MenuPopdown() notify() unhighlight() 1m940m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m The user can pop down the menu without activating any of the callback functions by releasing the pointer button when no menu item is highlighted. The full list of actions supported by SimpleMenu is: 1mhighlight22m() Highlight the menu entry that is currently under the pointer. Only a item that is high- lighted will be notified when the 1mnotify0m action is invoked. The look of a highlighted entry is determined by the menu entry. 1munhighlight22m() Unhighlights the currently highlighted menu item, and returns it to its normal look. 1mnotify22m() Notifies the menu entry that is currently highlighted that is has been selected. It is the responsibility of the menu entry to take the appropriate action. 1mMenuPopdown22m(4mmenu24m) This action is defined in 4mX24m 4mToolkit24m 4mIntrin-0m 4msics24m 4m--24m 4mC24m 4mLanguage24m 4mInterface24m. 1m4.2.3. Positioning the SimpleMenu0m If the SimpleMenu widget is to be used as a pulldown menu then the MenuButton widget, or some other outside means should be used to place the menu when it is popped up. If popup menus are desired it will be necessary to add the 1mXawPositionSimpleMenu 22mand 1mMenuPopup 22mactions to the transla- tion table of the widget that will be popping up the menu. The 1mMenuPopup 22maction is described in 4mX24m 4mToolkit24m 4mIntrinsics24m 4m--0m 4mC24m 4mLanguage24m 4mInterface24m. 1mXawPositionSimpleMenu 22mis a global action procedure registered by the SimpleMenu widget when the first one is created or the convenience routine 1mXawSim-0m 1mpleMenuAddGlobalActions 22mis called. Translation writers should be aware that Xt does not regis- ter grabs on ``don't care'' modifiers, and therefore the left hand side of the production should be written to exclude unspecified modifiers. For example these are the translations needed to popup some of 1mxterm's 22mmenus: !Ctrl: XawPositionSimpleMenu(xterm) MenuPopup(xterm) !Ctrl: XawPositionSimpleMenu(modes) MenuPopup(modes) 1m950m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m 1mXawPositionSimpleMenu22m(4mmenu24m) The 1mXawPositionSimpleMenu 22mroutine will search for the menu name passed to it using 1mXtNameToWidget 22mstarting with the widget invoking the action as the ref- erence widget. If it is unsuccessful it will continue up the widget tree using each of the invoking widget's ancestors as the reference widget. If it is still unsuccessful it will print a warning message and give up. 1mXawPo-0m 1msitionSimpleMenu 22mwill position the menu directly under the pointer cur- sor. The menu will be placed so that the pointer cursor is centered on the entry named by the 1mpopupOnEntry0m resource. If the 1mmenuOnScreen0m resource is 1mTrue 22mthen the menu will always be fully visible on the screen. 1m4.2.4. Convenience Routines0m 1m4.2.4.1. Registering the Global Action Routines0m The 1mXawPositionSimpleMenu 22maction routine may often be invoked before any menus have been created. This can occur when an application uses dynamic menu creation. In these cases an application will need to register this global action routine by calling 1mXawSimpleMenuAddGlobalActions22m: void XawSimpleMenuAddGlobalActions(4mapp_con24m) XtAppContext 4mapp_con24m; 4mapp_con24m Specifies the application context in which this action should be registered. This function need only be called once per application and must be called before any widget that uses 1mXawPositionSim-0m 1mpleMenu 22maction is realized. 1m4.2.4.2. Getting and Clearing the Current Menu Entry0m To get the currently highlighted menu entry use 1mXawSimple-0m 1mMenuGetActiveEntry22m: Widget XawSimpleMenuGetActiveEntry(4mw24m) Widget 4mw24m; 4mw24m Specifies the SimpleMenu widget. This function returns the menu entry that is currently high- lighted, or NULL if no entry is highlighted. 1m960m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m To clear the SimpleMenu widget's internal information about the currently highlighted menu entry use 1mXawSimpleMenuClear-0m 1mActiveEntry22m: Widget XawSimpleMenuClearActiveEntry(4mw24m) Widget 4mw24m; 4mw24m Specifies the SimpleMenu widget. This function unsets all internal references to the cur- rently highlighted menu entry. It does not 4munhighlight24m or otherwise alter the appearance of the active entry. This function is primarily for use by implementors of menu entries. 1m4.3. SmeBSB Object0m Application Header file Class Header file Class smeBSBObjectClass Class Name SmeBSB Superclass Sme The SmeBSB object is used to create a menu entry that con- tains a string, and optional bitmaps in its left and right margins. Since each menu entry is an independent object, the application is able to change the font, color, height, and other attributes of the menu entries, on an entry by entry basis. The format of the string may either be the encoding of the 8 bit 1mfont 22mutilized, or in a multi-byte encoding for use with a 1mfontSet22m. 1m4.3.1. Resources0m The resources associated with the SmeBSB object are defined in this section, and affect only the single menu entry spec- ified by this object. ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1mName Class Type Notes Default Value0m ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ancestorSensitive AncestorSensitive Boolean D True callback Callback Callback NULL destroyCallback Callback XtCallbackList NULL font Font FontStruct XtDefaultFont fontSet FontSet XFontSet XtDefaultFontSet foreground Foreground Pixel XtDefaultForeground height Height Dimension A Font height + 1mvertSpace0m 1m970m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1mName Class Type Notes Default Value0m ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- international International Boolean C False justify Justify Justify XtjustifyLeft label Label String NULL leftBitmap LeftBitmap Pixmap XtUnspecifiedPixmap leftMargin leftMargin Dimension 4 rightBitmap RightBitmap Pixmap XtUnspecifiedPixmap rightMargin rightMargin Dimension 4 sensitive Sensitive Boolean True vertSpace VertSpace int 25 width Width Dimension A TextWidth + margins ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ancestorSensitive The sensitivity state of the ancestors of this widget. A widget is insensitive if either it or any of its ancestors is insensi- tive. This resource should not be changed with 1mXtSetValues22m, although it may be queried. 1mcallback 22mAll callback functions on this list are called when the SimpleMenu 4mnotifies24m this entry that the user has selected it. destroyCallback All functions on this list are called when this widget is destroyed. 1mfont 22mThe text font to use when displaying the 1mlabel22m, when the 1minternational 22mresource is 1mfalse22m. 1mfontSet 22mThe text font set to use when displaying the 1mlabel22m, when the 1minternational 22mresource is 1mtrue22m. 1mforeground 22mA pixel value which indexes the SimpleMenu's colormap to derive the foreground color of the menu entry's window. This color is also used to render all 1's in the left and right 1mbitmaps22m. height width The height and width of this widget in pix- els. Keep in mind that the SimpleMenu widget will force the width of all menu entries to be the width of the longest entry. international This is a boolean flag, only settable at wid- get creation time. A value of 1mfalse 22msignals the widget to use pre-R6 internationalization 1m980m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m (specifically, the lack thereof), such as using fonts for displaying text, etc. A value of 1mtrue 22mdirects the widget to act in an internationalized manner, such as utilizing font sets for displaying text, etc. 1mjustify 22mHow the label is to be rendered between the left and right margins when the space is wider than the actual text. This resource may be specified with the values 1mXtJusti-0m 1mfyLeft22m, 1mXtJustifyCenter22m, or 1mXtJustifyRight22m. When specifying the justification from a resource file the values 1mleft22m, 1mcenter22m, or 1mright 22mmay be used. 1mlabel 22mThis is a the string that will be displayed in the menu entry. The exact location of this string within the bounds of the menu entry is controlled by the 1mleftMargin22m, 1mright-0m 1mMargin22m, 1mvertSpace22m, and 1mjustify 22mresources. 1mleftBitmap0m 1mrightBitmap 22mThis is a name of a bitmap to display in the left or right margin of the menu entry. All 1's in the bitmap will be rendered in the foreground color, and all 0's will be drawn in the background color of the SimpleMenu widget. It is the programmers' responsibil- ity to make sure that the menu entry is tall enough, and the appropriate margin wide enough to accept the bitmap. If care is not taken the bitmap may extend into another menu entry, or into this entry's label. 1mleftMargin0m 1mrightMargin 22mThis is the amount of space (in pixels) that will be left between the edge of the menu entry and the label string. sensitive Whether or not the toolkit should pass user events to this widget. The widget will not get input events if either 1mancestorSensitive0m or 1msensitive 22mis 1mFalse22m. 1mvertSpace 22mThis is the amount of vertical padding, expressed as a percentage of the height of the font, that is to be placed around the label of a menu entry.. The label and bitmaps are always centered vertically within the menu. The default value for this resource (25) causes the default height to be 125% of the height of the font. 1m990m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m 1m4.4. SmeLine Object0m Application Header file Class Header file Class smeLineObjectClass Class Name SmeLine Superclass Sme The SmeLine object is used to add a horizontal line or menu separator to a menu. Since each SmeLine is an independent object, the application is able to change the color, height, and other attributes of the SmeLine objects on an entry by entry basis. This object is not selectable, and will not highlight when the pointer cursor is over it. 1m4.4.1. Resources0m The resources associated with the SmeLine object are defined in this section, and affect only the single menu entry spec- ified by this object. -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1mName Class Type Notes Default Value0m -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- destroyCallback Callback XtCallbackList NULL foreground Foreground Pixel XtDefaultForeground height Height Dimension 1mlineWidth0m international International Boolean C False lineWidth LineWidth Dimension 1 stipple Stipple Pixmap XtUnspecifiedPixmap width Width Dimension 1 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- destroyCallback All functions on this list are called when this widget is destroyed. 1mforeground 22mA pixel value which indexes the SimpleMenu's colormap to derive the foreground color used to draw the separator line. height width The height and width of this widget in pix- els. Keep in mind that the SimpleMenu widget will force all menu items to be the width of the widest entry. Thus, setting the width is generally not very important. 1m1000m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m international This is a boolean flag, only settable at wid- get creation time. While not utilized in this widget, it can and should be checked by any subclasses that have behavior that should vary with locale. 1mlineWidth 22mThe width of the horizontal line that is to be displayed. 1mstipple 22mIf a bitmap is specified for this resource, the line will be stippled through it. This allows the menu separator to be rendered as something more exciting than just a line. For instance, if you define a stipple that is a chain link, then your menu separators will look like chains. 1m4.5. Sme Object0m Application Header file Class Header file Class smeObjectClass Class Name Sme Superclass RectObj The Sme object is the base class for all menu entries. While this object is mainly intended to be subclassed, it may be used in a menu to add blank space between menu entries. 1m4.5.1. Resources0m The resources associated with the SmeLine object are defined in this section, and affect only the single menu entry spec- ified by this object. There are no new resources added for this class, as it picks up all its resources from the Rec- tObj class. -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1mName Class Type Notes Default Value0m -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ancestorSensitive AncestorSensitive Boolean True callback Callback XtCallbackList NULL destroyCallback Callback XtCallbackList NULL height Height Dimension 0 international International Boolean C False sensitive Sensitive Boolean True width Width Dimension 1 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1m1010m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m ancestorSensitive The sensitivity state of the ancestors of this widget. A widget is insensitive if either it or any of its ancestors is insensi- tive. This resource should not be changed with 1mXtSetValues22m, although it may be queried. destroyCallback All functions on this list are called when this widget is destroyed. height width The height and width of this widget in pix- els. Keep in mind that the SimpleMenu widget will force all menu items to be the width of the widest entry. 1minternational 22mThis is a boolean flag, only settable at wid- get creation time. While not utilized in this widget, it can and should be checked by any subclasses that have behavior that should vary with locale. sensitive Whether or not the toolkit should pass user events to this widget. The widget will not get input events if either 1mancestorSensitive0m or 1msensitive 22mis 1mFalse22m. 1m4.5.2. Subclassing the Sme Object0m To Create a new Sme object 4mclass24m you will need to define three class methods. These methods allow the SimpleMenu to highlight and unhighlight the menu entry as the pointer cur- sor moves over it, as well as notify the entry when the user has selected it. All of these methods may be inherited from the Sme object, although the default semantics are not very interesting. 1mHighlight22m() Called to put the menu entry into the highlighted state. 1mUnhighlight22m() Called to return the widget to its normal (unhigh- lighted) state. 1mNotify22m() Called when the user selects this menu entry. Other then these methods, creating a new object is straight forward. Here is some information that may help you avoid some common mistakes. 1m1020m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m 1) Objects can be zero pixels high. 2) Objects draw on their parent's window, therefore the Drawing dimensions are different from those of widgets. For instance, y locations vary from 1my 22mto 1my + height22m, not 1m0 22mto 1mheight22m. 3) XtSetValues calls may come from the application while the Sme is highlighted, and if the SetValues method returns True, will result in an expose event. The SimpleMenu may later call the menu entry's 1munhighlight 22mprocedure. How- ever, due to the asynchronous nature of X, the expose event generated by 1mXtSetValues 22mwill come 4mafter24m this unhighlight. 4) Remember that your subclass of the Sme does not own the window. Share the space with other menu entries, and refrain from drawing outside the subclass's own section of the menu. 1m4.6. MenuButton Widget0m Application Header file Class Header file Class menuButtonWidgetClass Class Name MenuButton Superclass Command The MenuButton widget is an area, often rectangular, that displays a graphic. The graphic may be a text string con- taining multiple lines of characters in an 8 bit or 16 bit character set (to be displayed with a 4mfont24m), or in a multi- byte encoding (for use with a 4mfontset24m). The graphic may also be a bitmap or pixmap. When the pointer cursor is on a MenuButton widget, the MenuButton becomes highlighted by drawing a rectangle around its perimeter. This highlighting indicates that the MenuButton is ready for selection. When a pointer button is pressed, the MenuButton widget will pop up the menu named in the 1mmenuName 22mresource. 1m4.6.1. Resources0m When creating a MenuButton widget instance, the following resources are retrieved from the argument list or from the resource database: 1m1030m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1mName Class Type NotesDefault Value0m ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- accelerators Accelerators AcceleratorTable NULL ancestorSensitive AncestorSensitive Boolean D True background Background Pixel XtDefaultBackground backgroundPixmap Pixmap Pixmap XtUnspecifiedPixmap bitmap Bitmap Pixmap None borderColor BorderColor Pixel XtDefaultForeground borderPixmap Pixmap Pixmap XtUnspecifiedPixmap borderWidth BorderWidth Dimension 1 callback Callback XtCallbackList NULL colormap Colormap Colormap Parent's Colormap cornerRoundPercent CornerRoundPercentDimension 25 cursor Cursor Cursor None cursorName Cursor String None depth Depth int C Parent's Depth destroyCallback Callback XtCallbackList NULL encoding Encoding UnsignedChar XawTextEncoding8bit font Font XFontStruct XtDefaultFont fontSet FontSet XFontSet XtDefaultFontSet foreground Foreground Pixel XtDefaultForeground height Height Dimension A graphic height + 2 * 1minternalHeight0m highlightThickness Thickness Dimension A 2 (0 if Shaped) insensitiveBorder Insensitive Pixmap GreyPixmap internalHeight Height Dimension 2 internalWidth Width Dimension 4 international International Boolean C False justify Justify Justify XtJustifyCenter (center) label Label String name of widget leftBitmap LeftBitmap Bitmap None mappedWhenManaged MappedWhenManaged Boolean True menuName MenuName String "menu" pointerColor Foreground Pixel XtDefaultForeground pointerColorBackgroundBackground Pixel XtDefaultBackground resize Resize Boolean True screen Screen Screen R Parent's Screen sensitive Sensitive Boolean True shapeStype ShapeStyle ShapeStyle Rectangle translations Translations TranslationTable See below width Width Dimension A graphic width + 2 * 1minternalWidth0m x Position Position 0 y Position Position 0 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- accelerators A list of event to action bindings to be exe- cuted by this widget, even though the event occurred in another widget. (See the 4mX24m 4mTool-0m 4mkit24m 4mIntrinsics24m 4m--24m 4mC24m 4mLanguage24m 4mInterface24m for details). ancestorSensitive The sensitivity state of the ancestors of 1m1040m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m this widget. A widget is insensitive if either it or any of its ancestors is insensi- tive. This resource should not be changed with 1mXtSetValues22m, although it may be queried. background A pixel value which indexes the widget's col- ormap to derive the background color of the widget's window. backgroundPixmap The background pixmap of this widget's win- dow. If this resource is set to anything other than 1mXtUnspecifiedPixmap22m, the pixmap specified will be used instead of the back- ground color. bitmap A bitmap to display instead of the 1mlabel22m. The default size of the widget will be just large enough to contain the bitmap and the widget's internal width and height. The resource converter for this resource con- structs bitmaps from the contents of files. (See 1mConverting Bitmaps 22mfor details.) If this bitmap is one bit deep then the 1's will be rendered in the foreground color, and the 0's in the background color. If 1mbitmap 22mhas a depth greater than one, it is copied directly into the window. borderColor A pixel value which indexes the widget's col- ormap to derive the border color of the wid- get's window. borderPixmap The border pixmap of this widget's window. If this resource is set to anything other than 1mXtUnspecifiedPixmap22m, the pixmap speci- fied will be used instead of the border color. borderWidth The width of this widget's window border. callback A list of routines to be called when the 1mnotify 22maction is invoked. colormap The colormap that this widget will use. cornerRoundPercent When a 1mShapeStyle 22mof 1mroundedRectangle 22mis used, this resource controls the radius of the rounded corner. The radius of the rounded corners is specified as a percentage of the length of the shortest side of the widget. 1m1050m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m cursor The image that will be displayed as the pointer cursor whenever it is in this widget. The use of this resource is deprecated in favor of 1mcursorName22m. cursorName The name of the symbol to use to represent the pointer cursor. This resource will over- ride the 1mcursor 22mresource if both are speci- fied. (See 2.4.1) depth The depth of this widget's window. destroyCallback All functions on this list are called when this widget is destroyed. font The text font to use when displaying the 1mlabel22m, when the 1minternational 22mresource is 1mfalse22m. fontSet The text font set to use when displaying the 1mlabel22m, when the 1minternational 22mresource is 1mtrue22m. foreground A pixel value which indexes the widget's col- ormap to derive the foreground color of the widget's window. This color is also used to render all 1's in a 1mbitmap 22mone plane deep. height width The height and width of this widget in pix- els. highlightThickness The thickness of the rectangle that is used to highlight the internal border of this wid- get, alerting the user that it is ready to be selected. The default value is 2 pixels if the 1mshapeStyle 22mis 1mrectangle22m, and 0 Pixels (no highlighting) otherwise. insensitiveBorder This pixmap will be tiled into the widget's border if the widget becomes insensitive. internalHeight internalWidth The minimum amount of space to leave between the graphic and the vertical and horizontal edges of the window. international This is a boolean flag, only settable at wid- get creation time. A value of 1mfalse 22msignals the widget to use pre-R6 internationalization (specifically, the lack thereof), such as 1m1060m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m using fonts for displaying text, etc. A value of 1mtrue 22mdirects the widget to act in an internationalized manner, such as utilizing font sets for displaying text, etc. justify Specifies left, center, or right alignment of graphic within the widget. This resource may be specified with the values 1mXtJustifyLeft22m, 1mXtJustifyCenter22m, or 1mXtJustifyRight22m. A con- verter is registered for this resource that will convert the following strings: 1mleft,0m 1mright, 22mand 1mcenter22m. This resource only has noticeable effect when the width of the wid- get is larger than necessary to display the graphic. Note that when the graphic is a multi-line 1mlabel22m, the longest line will obey this justification while shorter lines will be left-justified with the longest one. label Specifies the text string to be displayed in the widget's window if no bitmap is speci- fied. The default is the name of this wid- get. Regardless of the value of 1mencoding 22mor 1minternational22m, a single newline character (1 byte) will cause a line break. mappedWhenManaged If this resource is 1mTrue22m, then the widget's window will automatically be mapped by the Toolkit when it is realized and managed. 1mmenuName 22mThe name of a popup shell to popup as a menu. The MenuButton will search for this name using 1mXtNameToWidget 22mstarting with itself as the reference widget. If the search is unsuccessful the widget will continue up the widget tree using each of its ancestors as the reference widget passed to 1mXtNameToWid-0m 1mget22m. If no widget of called 1mmenuName 22mis found by this algorithm, the widget will print a warning message and give up. When the menu is found it will be popped up exclu- sive and spring_loaded. The MenuButton wid- get does not copy the value of this resource into newly allocated memory. The application programmer must pass the resource value in nonvolatile memory. pointerColor A pixel value which indexes the widget's col- ormap to derive the foreground color of the pointer symbol specified by the 1mcursorName0m resource. 1m1070m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m pointerColorBackground A pixel value which indexes the widget's colormap to derive the background color of the pointer symbol specified by the 1mcursor-0m 1mName 22mresource. resize Specifies whether the widget should attempt to resize to its preferred dimensions when- ever its resources are modified with 1mXtSet-0m 1mValues22m. This attempt to resize may be denied by the parent of this widget. The parent is always free to resize the widget regardless of the state of this resource. screen The screen on which this widget is displayed. This is not a settable resource. sensitive Whether or not the toolkit should pass user events to this widget. The widget will not get input events if either 1mancestorSensitive0m or 1msensitive 22mis 1mFalse22m. shapeStyle Nonrectangular widgets may be created using this resource. Nonrectangular widgets are supported only on a server that supports the 1mShape Extension22m. If nonrectangular widgets are specified for a server lacking this extension, the shape is ignored and the wid- gets will be rectangular. The following shapes are currently supported: 1mXmuShapeRect-0m 1mangle22m, 1mXmuShapeOval22m, 1mXmuShapeEllipse22m, and 1mXmuShapeRoundedRectangle22m. A converter is registered for this resource that will con- vert the following strings: 1mrectangle, oval,0m 1mellipse, 22mand 1mroundedRectangle22m. translations The event bindings associated with this wid- get. x y The location of the upper left outside corner of this widget in its parent. 1m4.6.2. MenuButton Actions0m The MenuButton widget supports the following actions: · Switching the button between the foreground and back- ground colors with 1mset 22mand 1munset0m · Processing application callbacks with 1mnotify0m · Switching the internal border between highlighted and unhighlighted states with 1mhighlight 22mand 1munhighlight0m 1m1080m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m · Popping up a menu with 1mPopupMenu0m The following are the default translation bindings used by the MenuButton widget: : highlight() : reset() : reset() PopupMenu( 1m4.6.3. MenuButton Actions0m The full list of actions supported by MenuButton is: 1mhighlight22m(4mcondition24m) Displays the internal highlight border in the color (1mforeground 22mor 1mbackground 22m) that con- trasts with the interior color of the Command widget. The conditions 1mWhenUnset 22mand 1mAlways0m are understood by this action procedure. If no argument is passed, 1mWhenUnset 22mis assumed. 1munhighlight22m() Displays the internal highlight border in the color (1mXtNforeground 22mor 1mbackground 22m) that matches the interior color of the MenuButton widget. 1mset22m() Enters the 4mset24m state, in which 1mnotify 22mis pos- sible. This action causes the button to dis- play its interior in the 1mforeground 22mcolor. The label or bitmap is displayed in the 1mback-0m 1mground 22mcolor. 1munset22m() Cancels the 4mset24m state and displays the inte- rior of the button in the 1mbackground 22mcolor. The label or bitmap is displayed in the 1mfore-0m 1mground 22mcolor. 1mreset22m() Cancels any 1mset 22mor 1mhighlight 22mand displays the interior of the button in the 1mbackground0m color, with the label displayed in the 1mfore-0m 1mground 22mcolor. 1mnotify22m() When the button is in the 1mset 22mstate this action calls all functions in the callback list named by the 1mcallback 22mresource. The value of the call_data argument in these callback functions is undefined. 1mPopupMenu22m() Pops up the menu specified by the 1mmenuName0m resource. 1m1090m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m The MenuButton widget does not place a server grab on itself. Instead, PopupMenu is registered as a grab action. As a result, clients which popup menus without using XtMenuPopup or MenuPopup or PopupMenu in translations will fail to have a grab active. They should make a call to XtRegisterGrabAction on the appropriate action in the appli- cation initialization routine, or use a different transla- tion. 1m1100m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m 1mChapter 50m 1mText Widgets0m The Text widget provides a window that will allow an appli- cation to display and edit one or more lines of text. Options are provided to allow the user to add Scrollbars to its window, search for a specific string, and modify the text in the buffer. The Text widget is made up of a number of pieces; it was modularized to ease customization. The AsciiText widget class (actually not limited to ASCII but so named for com- patibility) is be general enough to most needs. If more flexibility, special features, or extra functionality is needed, they can be added by implementing a new TextSource or TextSink, or by subclassing the Text Widget (See Section 5.8 for customization details.) The words 4minsertion24m 4mpoint24m are used in this chapter to refer to the text caret. This is the symbol that is displayed between two characters in the file. The insertion point marks the location where any new characters will be added to the file. To avoid confusion the pointer cursor will always be referred to as the 4mpointer24m. The text widget supports three edit modes, controlling the types of modifications a user is allowed to make: · Append-only · Editable · Read-only Read-only mode does not allow the user or the programmer to modify the text in the widget. While the entire string may be reset in read-only mode with 1mXtSetValues22m, it cannot be modified via with 1mXawTextReplace22m. Append-only and editable modes allow the text at the insertion point to be modified. The only difference is that text may only be added to or removed from the end of a buffer in append-only mode. 1m5.1. Text Widget for Users0m The Text widget provides many of the common keyboard editing commands. These commands allow users to move around and edit the buffer. If an illegal operation is attempted, 1m1110m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m (such as deleting characters in a read-only text widget), the X server will beep. 1m5.1.1. Default Key Bindings0m The default key bindings are patterned after those in the EMACS text editor: Ctrl-a Beginning Of Line Meta-b Backward Word Ctrl-b Backward Character Meta-f Forward Word Ctrl-d Delete Next Character Meta-iInsert File Ctrl-e End Of Line Meta-k Kill To End Of Paragraph Ctrl-f Forward Character Meta-q Form Paragraph Ctrl-g Multiply Reset Meta-v Previous Page Ctrl-h Delete Previous Character Meta-yInsert Current Selection Ctrl-j Newline And Indent Meta-z Scroll One Line Down Ctrl-k Kill To End Of Line Meta-d Delete Next Word Ctrl-l Redraw Display Meta-D Kill Word Ctrl-m Newline Meta-h Delete Previous Word Ctrl-n Next Line Meta-H Backward Kill Word Ctrl-o Newline And Backup Meta-< Beginning Of File Ctrl-p Previous Line Meta-> End Of File Ctrl-r Search/Replace Backward Meta-]Forward Paragraph Ctrl-s Search/Replace Forward Meta-[Backward Paragraph Ctrl-t Transpose Characters Ctrl-u Multiply by 4 Meta-Delete Delete Previous Word Ctrl-v Next Page Meta-Shift DeleteKill Previous Word Ctrl-w Kill Selection Meta-Backspace Delete Previous Word Ctrl-y Unkill Meta-Shift BackspaceKill Previous Word Ctrl-z Scroll One Line Up Ctrl-\ Reconnect to input method Kanji Reconnect to input method In addition, the pointer may be used to cut and paste text: Button 1 Down Start Selection Button 1 MotionAdjust Selection Button 1 Up End Selection (cut) Button 2 Down Insert Current Selection (paste) Button 3 Down Extend Current Selection Button 3 MotionAdjust Selection Button 3 Up End Selection (cut) Since all of these key and pointer bindings are set through the translations and resource manager, the user and the application programmer can modify them by changing the Text 1m1120m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m widget's 1mtranslations 22mresource. 1m5.1.2. Search and Replace0m The Text widget provides a search popup that can be used to search for a string within the current Text widget. The popup can be activated by typing either 4mControl-r24m or 4mCon-0m 4mtrol-s24m. If 4mControl-s24m is used the search will be forward in the file from the current location of the insertion point; if 4mControl-r24m is used the search will be backward. The acti- vated popup is placed under the pointer. It has a number of buttons that allow both text searches and text replacements to be performed. At the top of the search popup are two toggle buttons labeled 4mbackward24m and 4mforward24m. One of these buttons will always be highlighted; this is the direction in which the search will be performed. The user can change the direction at any time by clicking on the appropriate button. Directly under the buttons there are two text areas, one labeled 4mSearch24m 4mfor:24m and the other labeled 4mReplace24m 4mwith:24m. If this is a read-only Text widget the 4mReplace24m 4mwith:24m field will be insensitive and no replacements will be allowed. After each of these labels will be a text field. This field will allow the user to enter a string to search for and the string to replace it with. Only one of these text fields will have a window border around it; this is the active text field. Any key presses that occur when the focus in in the search popup will be directed to the active text field. There are also a few special key sequences: 1mCarriage Return22m: Execute the action, and pop down the search widget. 1mTab22m: Execute the action, then move to the next field. 1mShift Carriage Return22m:Execute the action, then move to the next field. 1mControl-q Tab22m: Enter a Tab into a text field. 1mControl-c22m: Pop down the search popup. Using these special key sequences should allow simple searches without ever removing one's hands from the key- board. Near the bottom of the search popup is a row of buttons. These buttons allow the same actions to to be performed as the key sequences, but the buttons will leave the popup active. This can be quite useful if many searches are being performed, as the popup will be left on the display. Since the search popup is a transient window, it may be picked up with the window manager and pulled off to the side for use at a later time. 1mSearch 22mSearch for the specified string. 1m1130m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m 1mReplace 22mReplace the currently highlighted string with the string in the 4mReplace24m 4mwith24m text field, and move onto the next occurrence of the 4mSearch24m 4mfor24m text field. The functionality is commonly referred to as query-replace. 1mReplace-All 22mReplace all occurrences of the search string with the replace string from the current insertion point position to the end (or beginning) of the file. There is no key sequence to perform this action. 1mCancel 22mRemove the search popup from the screen. Finally, when 1minternational 22mresource is 1mtrue22m, there may be a pre-edit buffer below the button row, for composing input. Its presence is determined by the X locale in use and the VendorShell's 1mpreeditType 22mresource. The widget hierarchy for the search popup is show below, all widgets are listed by class and instance name. Text TransientShell search Form form Label label1 Label label2 Toggle backwards Toggle forwards Label searchLabel Text searchText Label replaceLabel Text replaceText Command search Command replaceOne Command replaceAll Command cancel 1m5.1.3. File Insertion0m To insert a file into a text widget, type the key sequence 4mMeta-i24m, which will activate the file insert popup. This popup will appear under the pointer, and any text typed while the focus is in this popup will be redirected to the text field used for the filename. When the desired filename has been entered, click on 4mInsert24m 4mFile24m, or type 4mCarriage0m 4mReturn24m. The named file will then be inserted in the text widget beginning at the insertion point position. If an error occurs when opening the file, an error message will be printed, prompting the user to enter the filename again. The file insert may be aborted by clicking on 4mCancel24m. If 4mMeta-i24m is typed at a text widget that is read-only, it will beep, as no file insertion is allowed. 1m1140m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m The widget hierarchy for the file insert popup is show below; all widgets are listed by class and instance name. Text TransientShell insertFile Form form Label label Text text Command insert Command cancel 1m5.1.4. Text Selections for Users0m The text widgets have a text selection mechanism that allows the user to copy pieces of the text into the 1mPRIMARY 22mselec- tion, and paste into the text widget some text that another application (or text widget) has put in the 1mPRIMARY 22mselec- tion. One method of selecting text is to press pointer button 1 on the beginning of the text to be selected, drag the pointer until all of the desired text is highlighted, and then release the button to activate the selection. Another method is to click pointer button 1 at one end of the text to be selected, then click pointer button 3 at the other end. To modify a currently active selection, press pointer button 3 near either the end of the selection that you want to adjust. This end of the selection may be moved while hold- ing down pointer button 3. When the proper area has been highlighted release the pointer button to activate the selection. The selected text may now be pasted into another applica- tion, and will remain active until some other client makes a selection. To paste text that some other application has put into the 1mPRIMARY 22mselection use pointer button 2. First place the insertion point where you would like the text to be inserted, then click and release pointer button 2. Rapidly clicking pointer button 1 the following number of times will adjust the selection as described. 1mTwo 22mSelect the word under the pointer. A word bound- ary is defined by the Text widget to be a Space, Tab, or Carriage Return. 1mThree 22mSelect the line under the pointer. 1mFour 22mSelect the paragraph under the pointer. A para- graph boundary is defined by the text widget as two Carriage Returns in a row with only Spaces or Tabs between them. 1m1150m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m 1mFive 22mSelect the entire text buffer. To unset the text selection, click pointer button 1 without moving it. 1m5.2. Text Widget Actions0m All editing functions are performed by translation manager actions that may be specified through the 1mtranslations0m resource in the Text widget. Insert Point Movement Delete forward-character delete-next-character backward-character delete-previous-character forward-word delete-next-word backward-word delete-previous-word forward-paragraph delete-selection backward-paragraph beginning-of-line end-of-line Selection next-line select-word previous-line select-all next-page select-start previous-page select-adjust beginning-of-file select-end end-of-file extend-start scroll-one-line-up extend-adjust scroll-one-line-down extend-end insert-selection Miscellaneous New Line redraw-display newline-and-indent insert-file newline-and-backup insert-char newline insert-string display-caret focus-in Kill focus-in kill-word search backward-kill-word multiply kill-selection form-paragraph kill-to-end-of-line transpose-characters kill-paragraph no-op kill-to-end-of-paragraph XawWMProtocols reconnect-im Most of the actions take no arguments, and unless otherwise noted you may assume this to be the case. 1m1160m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m 1m5.2.1. Cursor Movement Actions0m forward-character() backward-character() These actions move the insert point for- ward or backward one character in the buffer. If the insert point is at the end or beginning of a line this action will move the insert point to the next (or previous) line. forward-word() backward-word() These actions move the insert point to the next or previous word boundary. A word boundary is defined as a Space, Tab or Carriage Return. forward-paragraph() backward-paragraph() These actions move the insert point to the next or previous paragraph boundary. A paragraph boundary is defined as two Carriage Returns in a row with only Spa- ces or Tabs between them. beginning-of-line() end-of-line() These actions move to the beginning or end of the current line. If the insert point is already at the end or beginning of the line then no action is taken. next-line() previous-line() These actions move the insert point up or down one line. If the insert point is currently N characters from the beginning of the line then it will be N characters from the beginning of the next or previous line. If N is past the end of the line, the insert point is placed at the end of the line. next-page() previous-page() These actions move the insert point up or down one page in the file. One page is defined as the current height of the text widget. The insert point is always placed at the first character of the top line by this action. beginning-of-file() end-of-file() These actions place the insert point at the beginning or end of the current text 1m1170m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m buffer. The text widget is then scrolled the minimum amount necessary to make the new insert point location visi- ble. scroll-one-line-up() scroll-one-line-down() These actions scroll the current text field up or down by one line. They do not move the insert point. Other than the scrollbars this is the only way that the insert point may be moved off of the visible text area. The widget will be scrolled so that the insert point is back on the screen as soon as some other action is executed. 1m5.2.2. Delete Actions0m delete-next-character() delete-previous-character() These actions remove the character imme- diately before or after the insert point. If a Carriage Return is removed then the next line is appended to the end of the current line. delete-next-word() delete-previous-word() These actions remove all characters between the insert point location and the next word boundary. A word boundary is defined as a Space, Tab or Carriage Return. delete-selection() This action removes all characters in the current selection. The selection can be set with the selection actions. 1m5.2.3. Selection Actions0m select-word() This action selects the word in which the insert point is currently located. If the insert point is between words then it will select the previous word. select-all() This action selects the entire text buffer. 1m1180m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m select-start() This action sets the insert point to the current pointer location (if triggered by a button event) or text cursor loca- tion (if triggered by a key event). It will then begin a selection at this location. If many of these selection actions occur quickly in succession then the selection count mechanism will be invoked (see the section titled 1mText0m 1mSelections for Application Programmers0m for details). select-adjust() This action allows a selection started with the 4mselect-start24m action to be modi- fied, as described above. select-end(4mname24m[,4mname24m,...]) This action ends a text selection that began with the 4mselect-start24m action, and asserts ownership of the selection or selections specified. A 4mname24m can be a selection (e.g., 1mPRIMARY22m) or a cut buffer (e.g., 1mCUT_BUFFER022m). Note that case is important. If no 4mnames24m are specified, 1mPRIMARY 22mis asserted. extend-start() This action finds the nearest end of the current selection, and moves it to the current pointer location (if triggered by a button event) or text cursor loca- tion (if triggered by a key event). extend-adjust() This action allows a selection started with an 4mextend-start24m action to be modi- fied. extend-end(4mname24m[,4mname24m,...]) This action ends a text selection that began with the 4mextend-start24m action, and asserts ownership of the selection or selections specified. A 4mname24m can be a selection (e.g. 1mPRIMARY22m) or a cut buffer (e.g 1mCUT_BUFFER022m). Note that case is important. If no names are given, 1mPRI-0m 1mMARY 22mis asserted. insert-selection(4mname24m[,4mname24m,...]) This action retrieves the value of the first (left-most) named selection that exists or the cut buffer that is not empty and inserts it into the Text wid- get at the current insert point loca- tion. A 4mname24m can be a selection (e.g. 1mPRIMARY22m) or a cut buffer (e.g 1m1190m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m 1mCUT_BUFFER022m). Note that case is impor- tant. 1m5.2.4. The New Line Actions0m newline-and-indent() This action inserts a newline into the text and adds spaces to that line to indent it to match the previous line. newline-and-backup() This action inserts a newline into the text 4mafter24m the insert point. newline() This action inserts a newline into the text 4mbefore24m the insert point. 1m5.2.5. Kill and Actions0m kill-word() backward-kill-word() These actions act exactly like the 4mdelete-next-word24m and 4mdelete-previous-0m 4mword24m actions, but they stuff the word that was killed into the kill buffer (1mCUT_BUFFER_122m). kill-selection() This action deletes the current selec- tion and stuffs the deleted text into the kill buffer (1mCUT_BUFFER_122m). kill-to-end-of-line() This action deletes the entire line to the right of the insert point position, and stuffs the deleted text into the kill buffer (1mCUT_BUFFER_122m). kill-paragraph() This action deletes the current para- graph, if between paragraphs it deletes the paragraph above the insert point, and stuffs the deleted text into the kill buffer (1mCUT_BUFFER_122m). kill-to-end-of-paragraph() This action deletes everything between the current insert point location and the next paragraph boundary, and stuffs the deleted text into the kill buffer (1mCUT_BUFFER_122m). 1m1200m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m 1m5.2.6. Miscellaneous Actions0m redraw-display() This action recomputes the location of all the text lines on the display, scrolls the text to vertically center the line containing the insert point on the screen, clears the entire screen, and redisplays it. insert-file([4mfilename24m]) This action activates the insert file popup. The 4mfilename24m option specifies the default filename to put in the file- name buffer of the popup. If no 4mfile-0m 4mname24m is specified the buffer is empty at startup. insert-char() This action may only be attached to a key event. When the 1minternational0m resource is 1mfalse22m, this action calls XLookupString to translate the event into a (rebindable) Latin-1 character (sequence) and inserts it into the text at the insert point. When the 1minterna-0m 1mtional 22mresource is 1mtrue22m, characters are passed to the input method via XwcLookupString, and any committed string returned is inserted into the text at the insert point. insert-string(4mstring24m[,4mstring24m,...]) This action inserts each 4mstring24m into the text at the insert point location. Any 4mstring24m beginning with the characters "0x" followed by an even number of hexa- decimal digits is interpreted as a hexa- decimal constant and the corresponding string is inserted instead. This hexa- decimal string may represent up to 50 8-bit characters. When the1minternational 22mresource is 1mtrue22m, a hexadecimal string is intrepeted as being in a multi-byte encoding, and a hexadecimal or regular string will result in an error message if it is not legal in the current locale. display-caret(4mstate24m,4mwhen24m) This action allows the insert point to be turned on and off. The 4mstate24m argu- ment specifies the desired state of the insert point. This value may be any of 1m1210m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m the string values accepted for Boolean resources (e.g. 1mon22m, 1mTrue22m, 1moff22m, 1mFalse22m, etc.). If no arguments are specified, the default value is 1mTrue22m. The 4mwhen0m argument specifies, for 1mEnterNotify 22mor 1mLeaveNotify 22mevents whether or not the focus field in the event is to be exam- ined. If the second argument is not specified, or specified as something other than 1malways 22mthen if the action is bound to an 1mEnterNotify 22mor 1mLeaveNotify0m event, the action will be taken only if the focus field is 1mTrue22m. An augmented binding that might be useful is: *Text.Translations: #override \ : display-caret(on) \n\ : display-caret(off) focus-in() focus-out() These actions do not currently do any- thing. search(4mdirection24m,[4mstring24m]) This action activates the search popup. The 4mdirection24m must be specified as either 1mforward 22mor 1mbackward22m. The string is optional and is used as an initial value for the 4mSearch24m 4mfor24m: string. For further explanation of the search widget see the section on 1mText Searches22m. multiply(4mvalue24m) The multiply action allows the user to multiply the effects of many of the text actions. Thus the following action sequence 4mmultiply(10)24m 4mdelete-next-word()0m will delete 10 words. It does not mat- ter whether these actions take place in one event or many events. Using the default translations the key sequence 4mControl-u,24m 4mControl-d24m will delete 4 char- acters. Multiply actions can be chained, thus 4mmultiply(5)24m 4mmultiply(5)24m is the same as 4mmultiply(25)24m. If the string 1mreset 22mis passed to the multiply action the effects of all previous multiplies are removed and a beep is sent to the display. form-paragraph() This action removes all the Carriage Returns from the current paragraph and reinserts them so that each line is as 1m1220m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m long as possible, while still fitting on the current screen. Lines are broken at word boundaries if at all possible. This action currently works only on Text widgets that use ASCII text. transpose-characters() This action will swap the position of the character to the left of the insert point with the character to the right of the insert point. The insert point will then be advanced one character. no-op([4maction24m]) The no-op action makes no change to the text widget, and is mainly used to over- ride translations. This action takes one optional argument. If this argument is 4mRingBell24m then a beep is sent to the display. XawWMProtocols([4mwm_protocol_name24m]) This action is written specifically for the file insertion and the search and replace dialog boxes. This action is attached to those shells by the Text widget, in order to handle ClientMessage events with the WM_PROTOCOLS atom in the detail field. This action supports WM_DELETE_WINDOW on the Text widget pop- ups, and may support other window man- ager protocols if necessary in the future. The popup will be dismissed if the window manager sends a WM_DELETE_WINDOW request and there are no parameters in the action call, which is the default. The popup will also be dismissed if the parameters include the string ``wm_delete_window,'' and the event is a ClientMessage event request- ing dismissal or is not a ClientMessage event. This action is not sensitive to the case of the strings passed as param- eters. reconnect-im() When the 1minternational 22mresource is 1mtrue22m, input is usually passed to an input method, a separate process, for compos- ing. Sometimes the connection to this process gets severed; this action will attempt to reconnect it. Causes for severage include network trouble, and the user explicitly killing one input method and starting a new one. This 1m1230m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m action may also establish first connec- tion when the application is started before the input method. 1m5.2.7. Text Selections for Application Programmers0m The default behavior of the text selection array is described in the section called 1mText Selections for Users22m. To modify the selections a programmer must construct a 1mXaw-0m 1mTextSelectType 22marray (called the selection array), contain- ing the selections desired, and pass this as the new value for the 1mselectionTypes 22mresource. The selection array may also be modified using the 1mXawTextSetSelectionArray 22mfunc- tion. All selection arrays must end with the value 1mXawse-0m 1mlectNull22m. The 1mselectionTypes 22mresource has no converter reg- istered and cannot be modified through the resource manager. The array contains a list of entries that will be called when the user attempts to select text in rapid succession with the 4mselect-start24m action (usually by clicking a pointer button). The first entry in the selection array will be used when the 4mselect-start24m action is initially called. The next entry will be used when 4mselect-start24m is called again, and so on. If a timeout value (1/10 of a second) is exceeded, the the next 4mselect-start24m action will begin at the top of the selection array. When 1mXawselectNull 22mis reached the array is recycled beginning with the first element. 1mXawselectAll 22mSelects the contents of the entire buffer. 1mXawse- 22mSelects text characters as the pointer 1mlectChar 22mmoves over them. 1mXawselect- 22mSelects the entire line. 1mLine0m 1mXawselect- 22mIndicates the end of the selection array. 1mNull0m 1mXawselect- 22mSelects the entire paragraph. 1mParagraph0m 1mXawselectPo- 22mSelects the current pointer position. 1msition0m 1mXawselect- 22mSelects whole words as the pointer moves 1mWord 22monto them. The default selectType array is: {XawselectPosition, XawselectWord, XawselectLine, XawselectParagraph, XawselectAll, XawselectNull} The selection array is not copied by the text widgets. The application must allocate space for the array and cannot deallocate or change it until the text widget is destroyed 1m1240m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m or until a new selection array is set. 1m5.3. Default Translation Bindings0m The following translations are defaults built into every Text widget. They can be overridden, or replaced by speci- fying a new value for the Text widget's 1mtranslations0m resource. CtrlA: beginning-of-line() \n\ CtrlB: backward-character() \n\ CtrlD: delete-next-character() \n\ CtrlE: end-of-line() \n\ CtrlF: forward-character() \n\ CtrlG: multiply(Reset) \n\ CtrlH: delete-previous-character() \n\ CtrlJ: newline-and-indent() \n\ CtrlK: kill-to-end-of-line() \n\ CtrlL: redraw-display() \n\ CtrlM: newline() \n\ CtrlN: next-line() \n\ CtrlO: newline-and-backup() \n\ CtrlP: previous-line() \n\ CtrlR: search(backward) \n\ CtrlS: search(forward) \n\ CtrlT: transpose-characters() \n\ CtrlU: multiply(4) \n\ CtrlV: next-page() \n\ CtrlW: kill-selection() \n\ CtrlY: insert-selection(CUT_BUFFER1) \n\ CtrlZ: scroll-one-line-up() \n\ Ctrl\: reconnect-im() \n\ MetaB: backward-word() \n\ MetaF: forward-word() \n\ MetaI: insert-file() \n\ MetaK: kill-to-end-of-paragraph() \n\ MetaQ: form-paragraph() \n\ MetaV: previous-page() \n\ MetaY: insert-selection(PRIMARY, CUT_BUFFER0) \n\ MetaZ: scroll-one-line-down() \n\ :Metad: delete-next-word() \n\ :MetaD: kill-word() \n\ :Metah: delete-previous-word() \n\ :MetaH: backward-kill-word() \n\ :Meta\<: beginning-of-file() \n\ :Meta\>: end-of-file() \n\ :Meta]: forward-paragraph() \n\ :Meta[: backward-paragraph() \n\ ~Shift MetaDelete:delete-previous-word() \n\ Shift MetaDelete:backward-kill-word() \n\ ~Shift MetaBackspace:delete-previous-word() \n\ Shift MetaBackspace:backward-kill-word() \n\ 1m1250m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m Right: forward-character() \n\ Left: backward-character() \n\ Down: next-line() \n\ Up: previous-line() \n\ Delete: delete-previous-character() \n\ BackSpace: delete-previous-character() \n\ Linefeed: newline-and-indent() \n\ Return: newline() \n\ : insert-char() \n\ Kanji: reconnect-im() \n\ : focus-in() \n\ : focus-out() \n\ : select-start() \n\ : extend-adjust() \n\ : extend-end(PRIMARY, CUT_BUFFER0) \n\ : insert-selection(PRIMARY, CUT_BUFFER0) \n\ : extend-start() \n\ : extend-adjust() \n\ : extend-end(PRIMARY, CUT_BUFFER0) \n 1m5.4. Text Functions0m The following functions are provided as convenience routines for use with the Text widget. Although many of these actions can be performed by modifying resources, these interfaces are frequently more efficient. These data structures are defined in the Text widget's pub- lic header file, . typedef long XawTextPosition; Character positions in the Text widget begin at 0 and end at n, where n is the number of characters in the Text source widget. typedef struct { int 4mfirstPos24m; int 4mlength24m; char *4mptr24m; unsigned long 4mformat24m; } XawTextBlock, *XawTextBlockPtr; 4mfirstPos24m The first position, or index, to use within the 4mptr24m field. The value is commonly zero. 4mlength24m The number of characters to be used from the 4mptr0m field. The number of characters used is commonly the number of characters in 4mptr24m, and must not be 1m1260m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m greater than the length of the string in 4mptr24m. 4mptr24m Contains the string to be referenced by the Text widget. 4mformat24m This flag indicates whether the data pointed to by 1mptr 22mis char or wchar_t. When the associated wid- get has 1minternational 22mset to 1mfalse 22mthis field must be XawFmt8Bit. When the associated widget has 1minternational 22mset to 1mtrue 22mthis field must be either XawFmt8Bit or XawFmtWide. Note: Previous versions of Xaw used 4mFMT8BIT24m, which has been retained for backwards compatibility. 1mFMT8BIT 22mis deprecated and will eventually be removed from the implementation. 1m5.4.1. Selecting Text0m To select a piece of text, use 4mXawTextSetSelection24m: void XawTextSetSelection(4mw24m, 4mleft24m, 4mright24m) Widget 4mw24m; XawTextPosition 4mleft24m, 4mright24m; 4mw24m Specifies the Text widget. 4mleft24m Specifies the character position at which the selection begins. 4mright24m Specifies the character position at which the selection ends. See section 5.4 for a description of 1mXawTextPosition22m. If redisplay is enabled, this function highlights the text and makes it the 1mPRIMARY 22mselection. This function does not have any effect on 1mCUT_BUFFER022m. 1m5.4.2. Unhighlighting Text0m To unhighlight previously highlighted text in a widget, use 1mXawTextUnsetSelection22m: void XawTextUnsetSelection(4mw24m) Widget 4mw24m; 4mw24m Specifies the Text widget. 1m5.4.3. Getting Current Text Selection0m To retrieve the text that has been selected by this text widget use 1mXawTextGetSelectionPos22m: 1m1270m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m void XawTextGetSelectionPos(4mw24m, 4mbegin_return24m, 4mend_return24m) Widget 4mw24m; XawTextPosition *4mbegin_return24m, *4mend_return24m; 4mw24m Specifies the Text widget. 4mbegin_return0m Returns the beginning of the text selection. 4mend_return0m Returns the end of the text selection. See section 5.4 for a description of 1mXawTextPosition22m. If the returned values are equal, no text is currently selected. 1m5.4.4. Replacing Text0m To modify the text in an editable Text widget use 1mXawTextRe-0m 1mplace22m: int XawTextReplace(4mw24m, 4mstart24m, 4mend24m, 4mtext24m) Widget 4mw24m; XawTextPosition 4mstart24m, 4mend24m; XawTextBlock *4mtext24m; 4mw24m Specifies the Text widget. 4mstart24m Specifies the starting character position of the text replacement. 4mend24m Specifies the ending character position of the text replacement. 4mtext24m Specifies the text to be inserted into the file. This function will not be able to replace text in read-only text widgets. It will also only be able to append text to an append-only text widget. See section 5.4 for a description of 1mXawTextPosition 22mand 1mXawTextBlock22m. This function may return the following values: 1mXawEditDone 22mThe text replacement was successful. 1mXawPositionError0m The edit mode is 1mXawtextAppend 22mand 4mstart24m is not the position of the last character of the source. 1m1280m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m 1mXawEditError0m Either the Source was read-only or the range to be deleted is larger than the length of the Source. The 1mXawTextReplace 22marguments 4mstart24m and 4mend24m represent the text source character positions for the existing text that is to be replaced by the text in the text block. The char- acters from 4mstart24m up to but not including 4mend24m are deleted, and the characters specified on the text block are inserted in their place. If 4mstart24m and 4mend24m are equal, no text is deleted and the new text is inserted after 4mstart24m. 1m5.4.5. Searching for Text0m To search for a string in the Text widget, use 1mXaw-0m 1mTextSearch22m: XawTextPosition XawTextSearch(4mw24m, 4mdir24m, 4mtext24m) Widget 4mw24m; XawTextScanDirection 4mdir24m; XawTextBlock * 4mtext24m; 4mw24m Specifies the Text widget. 4mdir24m Specifies the direction to search in. Legal val- ues are 1mXawsdLeft 22mand 1mXawsdRight22m. 4mtext24m Specifies a text block structure that contains the text to search for. See section 5.4 for a description of 1mXawTextPosition 22mand 1mXawTextBlock22m. The 1mXawTextSearch 22mfunction will begin at the insertion point and search in the direction specified for a string that matches the one passed in 4mtext24m. If the string is found the location of the first character in the string is returned. If the string could not be found then the value 1mXawTextSearchError 22mis returned. 1m5.4.6. Redisplaying Text0m To redisplay a range of characters, use 1mXawTextInvalidate22m: void XawTextInvalidate(4mw24m, 4mfrom24m, 4mto24m) Widget 4mw24m; XawTextPosition 4mfrom24m, 4mto24m; 4mw24m Specifies the Text widget. 4mfrom24m Specifies the start of the text to redisplay. 1m1290m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m 4mto24m Specifies the end of the text to redisplay. See section 5.4 for a description of 1mXawTextPosition22m. The 1mXawTextInvalidate 22mfunction causes the specified range of characters to be redisplayed immediately if redisplay is enabled or the next time that redisplay is enabled. To enable redisplay, use 1mXawTextEnableRedisplay22m: void XawTextEnableRedisplay(4mw24m) Widget 4mw24m; 4mw24m Specifies the Text widget. The 1mXawTextEnableRedisplay 22mfunction flushes any changes due to batched updates when 1mXawTextDisableRedisplay 22mwas called and allows future changes to be reflected immediately. To disable redisplay while making several changes, use 1mXaw-0m 1mTextDisableRedisplay22m. void XawTextDisableRedisplay(4mw24m) Widget 4mw24m; 4mw24m Specifies the Text widget. The 1mXawTextDisableRedisplay 22mfunction causes all changes to be batched until either 1mXawTextDisplay 22mor 1mXawTextEnableRe-0m 1mdisplay 22mis called. To display batched updates, use 1mXawTextDisplay22m: void XawTextDisplay(4mw24m) Widget 4mw24m; 4mw24m Specifies the Text widget. The 1mXawTextDisplay 22mfunction forces any accumulated updates to be displayed. 1m5.4.7. Resources Convenience Routines0m To obtain the character position of the left-most character on the first line displayed in the widget (the value of the 1mdisplayPosition 22mresource), use 1mXawTextTopPosition22m. 1m1300m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m XawTextPosition XawTextTopPosition(4mw24m) Widget 4mw24m; 4mw24m Specifies the Text widget. To assign a new selection array to a text widget use 1mXaw-0m 1mTextSetSelectionArray22m: void XawTextSetSelectionArray(4mw24m, 4msarray24m) Widget 4mw24m; XawTextSelectType * 4msarray24m; 4mw24m Specifies the Text widget. 4msarray24m Specifies a selection array as defined in the sec- tion called 1mText Selections for Application Pro-0m 1mgrammers22m. Calling this function is equivalent to setting the value of the 1mselectionTypes 22mresource. To move the insertion point to the specified source posi- tion, use 1mXawTextSetInsertionPoint22m: void XawTextSetInsertionPoint(4mw24m, 4mposition24m) Widget 4mw24m; XawTextPosition 4mposition24m; 4mw24m Specifies the Text widget. 4mposition24m Specifies the new position for the insertion point. See section 5.4 for a description of 1mXawTextPosition22m. The text will be scrolled vertically if necessary to make the line containing the insertion point visible. Calling this function is equivalent to setting the 1minsertPosition0m resource. To obtain the current position of the insertion point, use 1mXawTextGetInsertionPoint22m: XawTextPosition XawTextGetInsertionPoint(4mw24m) Widget 4mw24m; 4mw24m Specifies the Text widget. 1m1310m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m See section 5.4 for a description of 1mXawTextPosition22m. The result is equivalent to retrieving the value of the 1minsert-0m 1mPosition 22mresource. To replace the text source in the specified widget, use 1mXaw-0m 1mTextSetSource22m: void XawTextSetSource(4mw24m, 4msource24m, 4mposition24m) Widget 4mw24m; Widget 4msource24m; XawTextPosition 4mposition24m; 4mw24m Specifies the Text widget. 4msource24m Specifies the text source object. 4mposition24m Specifies character position that will become the upper left hand corner of the displayed text. This is usually set to zero. See section 5.4 for a description of 1mXawTextPosition22m. A display update will be performed if redisplay is enabled. To obtain the current text source for the specified widget, use 1mXawTextGetSource22m: Widget XawTextGetSource(4mw24m) Widget 4mw24m; 4mw24m Specifies the Text widget. This function returns the text source that this Text widget is currently using. To enable and disable the insertion point, use 1mXawTextDis-0m 1mplayCaret22m: void XawTextDisplayCaret(4mw24m, 4mvisible24m) Widget 4mw24m; Boolean 4mvisible24m; 4mw24m Specifies the Text widget. 4mvisible24m Specifies whether or not the caret should be dis- played. If 4mvisible24m is 1mFalse 22mthe insertion point will be disabled. The marker is re-enabled either by setting 4mvisible24m to 1mTrue22m, 1m1320m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m by calling 1mXtSetValues22m, or by executing the 4mdisplay-caret0m action routine. 1m5.5. Ascii Text Widget0m Application Header file ClassHeader file Class asciiTextWidgetClass Class Name Text Superclass Text Sink Name textSink Source Name textSource For the ease of internationalization, the AsciiText widget class name has not been changed, although it is actually able to support non-ASCII locales. The AsciiText widget is really a collection of smaller parts. It includes the Text widget itself, a ``Source'' (which supports memory manage- ment), and a ``Sink'' (which handles the display). There are currently two supported sources, the AsciiSrc and Multi- Src, and two supported sinks, the AsciiSink and MultiSink. Some of the resources listed below are not actually resources of the AsciiText, but belong to the associated source or sink. This is is noted in the explanation of each resource where it applies. When specifying these resources in a resource file it is necessary to use 4m*Asci-0m 4miText*resource_name24m instead of 4m*AsciiText.resource_name24m, since they actually belong to the children of the AsciiText widget, and not the AsciiText widget itself. However, these resources may be set directly on the AsciiText widget at widget creation time, or via 1mXtSetValues22m. 1m5.5.1. Resources0m When creating an AsciiText widget instance, the following resources are retrieved from the argument list or from the resource database: ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1mName Class Type NotesDefault Value0m ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ accelerators Accelerators AcceleratorTable NULL ancestorSensitive AncestorSensitiveBoolean D True autoFill AutoFill Boolean False background Background Pixel XtDefaultBackground backgroundPixmap Pixmap Pixmap XtUnspecifiedPixmap borderColor BorderColor Pixel XtDefaultForeground borderPixmap Pixmap Pixmap XtUnspecifiedPixmap 1m1330m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1mName Class Type NotesDefault Value0m ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ borderWidth BorderWidth Dimension 1 bottomMargin Margin Position 2 callback Callback XtCallbackList NULL colormap Colormap Colormap Parent's Colormap cursor Cursor Cursor XC_xterm cursorName Cursor String NULL dataCompression DataCompression Boolean True depth Depth int C Parent's Depth destroyCallback Callback XtCallbackList NULL displayCaret Output Boolean True displayNonprinting Output Boolean True displayPosition TextPosition XawTextPosition 0 echo Output Boolean True editType EditType XawTextEditType XawtextRead font Font XFontStruct* XtDefaultFont fontSet FontSet XFontSet XtDefaultFontSet foreground Foreground Pixel XtDefaultForeground height Height Dimension A Font height + margins insensitiveBorder Insensitive Pixmap GreyPixmap insertPosition TextPosition int 0 international International Boolean C False leftMargin Margin Dimension 2 length Length int A length of 1mstring0m mappedWhenManaged MappedWhenManagedBoolean True pieceSize PieceSize XawTextPosition BUFSIZ pointerColor Foreground Pixel XtDefaultForeground pointerColorBackgroundBackground Pixel XtDefaultBackground resize Resize XawTextResizeMode XawtextResizeNever rightMargin Margin Position 2 screen Screen Screen R Parent's Screen scrollHorizontal Scroll XawTextScrollMode XawtextScrollNever scrollVertical Scroll XawTextScrollMode XawtextScrollNever selectTypes SelectTypes XawTextSelectType* See above sensitive Sensitive Boolean True string String String NULL textSink TextSink Widget An AsciiSink textSource TextSource Widget An AsciiSrc topMargin Margin Position 2 translations Translations TranslationTable See above type Type XawAsciiType XawAsciiString useStringInPlace UseStringInPlace Boolean False width Width Dimension 100 wrap Wrap WrapMode XawtextWrapNever x Position Position 0 y Position Position 0 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ accelerators A list of event to action bindings to be exe- cuted by this widget, even though the event occurred in another widget. (See the 4mX0m 1m1340m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m 4mToolkit24m 4mIntrinsics24m 4m--24m 4mC24m 4mLanguage24m 4mInterface0m for details). ancestorSensitive The sensitivity state of the ancestors of this widget. A widget is insensitive if either it or any of its ancestors is insensi- tive. This resource should not be changed with 1mXtSetValues22m, although it may be queried. autoFill If this resource is 1mTrue 22mthe text widget will automatically break a line when the user attempts to type into the right margin. The attribute has no effect on files or text inserted into the text widget. It only checks to see if the action should be taken when a user enters a new character via the 4minsert-character24m action. background A pixel value which indexes the widget's col- ormap to derive the background color of the widget's window. backgroundPixmap The background pixmap of this widget's win- dow. If this resource is set to anything other than 1mXtUnspecifiedPixmap22m, the pixmap specified will be used instead of the back- ground color. borderColor A pixel value which indexes the widget's col- ormap to derive the border color of the wid- get's window. borderPixmap The border pixmap of this widget's window. If this resource is set to anything other than 1mXtUnspecifiedPixmap22m, the pixmap speci- fied will be used instead of the border color. borderWidth The width of this widget's window border. bottomMargin leftMargin rightMargin topMargin The amount of space, in pixels, between the edge of the window and the corresponding edge of the text within the window. If there is a scrollbar active on this edge, then this is the space between the text and the scrollbar. callback The callbacks registered on this resource will be called every time the text buffer changes, after the text has been updated. 1m1350m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m This is a resource of the associated source. colormap The colormap that this widget will use. cursor The image that will be displayed as the pointer cursor whenever it is in this widget. The use of this resource is deprecated in favor of 1mcursorName22m. cursorName The name of the symbol to use to represent the pointer cursor. This resource will over- ride the 1mcursor 22mresource if both are speci- fied. (See 2.4.1) dataCompression The AsciiSrc uses an algorithm that may cause the text buffer to grow to about twice the size of the actual text over time, as the text is edited. On systems where CPU cycles are cheaper than memory, it is helpful to spend some extra time to compress this buffer back to its minimum size. If this resource is 1mTrue22m, the AsciiSrc will compress its data to the minimum size required every time the text string is saved, or the value of the string is queried. This is a resource of the associated source. depth The depth of this widget's window. destroyCallback All functions on this list are called when this widget is destroyed. displayCaret Whether or not to display the text insert point. displayNonprinting If this resource is 1mTrue22m, the Text widget will display all non-printable characters as the string 4m^@24m. If 1mFalse22m, the Text widget will just leave a blank space where a non- printable character exists in the text buffer. This is a resource of the associated sink. displayPosition The position in the text buffer of the char- acter that is currently displayed in the upper left hand corner of the text display. editType This is the type of editing that will be allowed in this text widget. Legal values are 1mXawtextRead22m, 1mXawtextEdit22m, and 1m1360m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m 1mXawtextAppend22m. A converter is registered for this resource that will convert the following strings: 1mread, edit, 22mand 1mappend22m. This is a resource of the associated source. echo Whether or not to echo characters to the screen. The buffer can still be edited, but nothing is displayed. This mode can be use- ful for entering passwords and other sensi- tive information. This is a resource of the associated sink. font The text font to use when displaying the 1mstring22m, when the 1minternational 22mresource is 1mfalse22m. This is a resource of the associated sink. font The text font set to use when displaying the 1mstring22m, when the 1minternational 22mresource is 1mtrue22m. This is a resource of the associated sink. foreground A pixel value which indexes the Text widget's colormap to derive the foreground color used by the text sink. This is a resource of the associated sink. height width The height and width of this widget in pix- els. insensitiveBorder This pixmap will be tiled into the widget's border if the widget becomes insensitive. insertPosition This is the location of the insert point. It is expressed in characters from the beginning of the file. The cursor will always be forced to be on the screen. This resource may therefore be used to scroll the text dis- play to a certain character position. length If the 1museStringInPlace 22mresource is 1mFalse0m this attribute has no effect. If that resource is 1mTrue22m, however, then the 1mlength0m resource specifies the length of the buffer passed to the text widget in the 1mstring0m resource. This is a resource of the associ- ated source. mappedWhenManaged If this resource is 1mTrue22m, then the widget's window will automatically be mapped by the Toolkit when it is realized and managed. 1m1370m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m pointerColor A pixel value which indexes the widget's col- ormap to derive the foreground color of the pointer symbol specified by the 1mcursorName0m resource. pointerColorBackground A pixel value which indexes the widget's colormap to derive the background color of the pointer symbol specified by the 1mcursor-0m 1mName 22mresource. pieceSize This is the size of the internal chunks into which the text buffer is broken down for mem- ory management. The larger this value the less segmented your memory will be, but the slower your editing will be. The text wid- gets will always allocate a chunk of memory this size to stuff the 1mstring 22minto, so when using small strings, having this buffer large can waste memory. This resource has no effect if 1museStringInPlace 22mis 1mTrue22m. This is a resource of the associated source. resize Controls whether or not the Text widget attempts to resize itself when it is no longer able to display the full text buffer in the associated window. Any attempt by the Text widget to resize itself is always sub- ject to the constraints imposed by its par- ent. The values 1mXawtextResizeNever22m, 1mXawtex-0m 1mtResizeWidth22m, 1mXawtextResizeHeight22m, and 1mXaw-0m 1mtextResizeBoth 22mare all acceptable for this resource. A converter is registered for this resource that will convert the following strings: 1mnever, height, width, 22mand 1mboth22m. screen The screen on which this widget is displayed. This is not a settable resource. scrollHorizontal scrollVertical These resources control the placement of scrollbars on the left and bottom edge of the text widget. These resources accept the val- ues 1mXawtextScrollAlways22m, 1mXawtextScrollWhen-0m 1mNeeded22m, and 1mXawtextScrollNever22m. A converter is registered for this resource that will convert the following strings: 1malways, never,0m and 1mwhenNeeded22m. If 1mXawtextScrollWhenNeeded0m is specified, the appropriate scrollbar will only appear when there is text in the buffer that is not able to fit within the bounds of the current window. The scrollbar will dis- appear when the text once again fits within the window. 1m1380m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m selectTypes Specifies the selection type array that is used when multi-click is activated (see 1mText0m 1mSelections for Application Programmers 22mfor details). This resource is used in place, and must not be freed until the widget is destroyed. There is no type converter regis- tered for this resource, so it may not be set from the resource manager. sensitive Whether or not the toolkit should pass user events to this widget. The widget will not get input events if either 1mancestorSensitive0m or 1msensitive 22mis 1mFalse22m. string If 1mtype 22mis 1mXawAsciiString 22mthen this string contains the buffer to be displayed in the widget. If 1mtype 22mis 1mXawAsciiFile 22mthen the string contains the name of the file to be displayed. This string is normally copied by the text widget into internal memory, but may be used in place by setting the 1museStringIn-0m 1mPlace 22mresource. As of X11R4 this is a set- table resource. This is a resource of the associated source. When the 1mstring 22mresource is queried, using 1mXtGetValues22m, and 1museString-0m 1mInPlace 22mis false, the value returned is valid until the next time the 1mstring 22mresource is queried, or until the application writer calls 1mXawAsciiSourceFreeString22m. If 1museS-0m 1mtringInPlace 22mis true, a pointer to the actual string is returned. See also section 5.6. textSink textSource These are the TextSink or TextSource objects used by this widget. When 1minternational 22mis set to 1mtrue 22mthe AsciiText widget initializes these resources to point to an MultiSink and MultiSrc respectively. When 1minternational 22mis set to 1mfalse 22mthe AsciiText widget initializes these resources to point to an AsciiSink and AsciiSrc respectively. translations The event bindings associated with this wid- get. type This resource may be either 1mXawAsciiString 22mor 1mXawAsciiFile22m. The value of this resource determines whether the 1mstring 22mresource con- tains the name of a file to be opened or a buffer to be displayed by the text widget. A converter has been registered for this resource and accepts the values 1mstring 22mand 1mfile22m. This is a resource of the associated source. 1m1390m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m useStringInPlace Setting this resource to 1mTrue 22mwill disable the memory management provided by the Text widget, updating the 1mstring 22mresource in place. Using the string in place can be much more efficient for text widgets that display static data, or where the programmer wishes to impose strict constraints on the contents of the 1mstring22m. When using the string in place be sure that: the length of the string is specified by setting the 1mlength 22mresource, the 1mtype 22mof the Text widget is 1mXawAsci-0m 1miString22m, and that the 1mstring 22mexists for the lifetime of the text widget, or until it has been reset. 4mNote:24m 4mSince24m 4mthe24m 4mMultiSrc24m 4mand0m 4mAsciiSrc24m 4mhave24m 4mdifferent24m 4mdata24m 4mformats,24m 4muse24m 4mof0m 4mthis24m 4mresource24m 4mforces24m 4mapplication24m 4mcode24m 4mto24m 4mbe0m 4mcognisant24m 4mas24m 4mto24m 4mwhich24m 4mof24m 4mthe24m 4mtwo24m 4mis24m 4mbeing0m 4mused.24m 4mApplication24m 4mprogramming24m 4mis24m 4msimplified0m 4mwhen24m 4muse24m 4mof24m 4mthis24m 4mresource24m 4mis24m 4mavoided.24m This is a resource of the associated source. wrap When the text in any one line is wider than the window there are several possible actions. This resource allows the user to decide what will happen. The accepted values for this resource are 1mXawtextWrapNever22m, 1mXaw-0m 1mtextWrapLine22m, and 1mXawtextWrapWord22m. With 1mXaw-0m 1mtextWrapLine 22mall text that is beyond the right edge of the window will be displayed on the next line. With 1mXawtextWrapWord 22mthe same action occurs but the text is broken at a word boundary if possible. If no wrapping is enabled then the text will extend off the edge of the window, and a small rectangle will be painted in the right margin to alert the user that this line is too long. A con- verter is registered for this resource that will convert the following strings: 1mnever,0m 1mword, 22mand 1mline22m. x y The location of the upper left outside corner of this widget in its parent. 1m5.6. Ascii Source Object and Multi Source Object0m Application Header file or Class Header file or Class asciiSrcObjectClass or multiSrcObjectClass 1m1400m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m Class Name AsciiSrc or MultiSrc Superclass TextSource The AsciiSrc or MultiSrc object is used by a text widget to read the text from a file or string in memory. Depending on its 1minternational 22mresource, an AsciiText widget will create one or the other of these when the AsciiText itself is cre- ated. Both types are nearly identical; the following dis- cussion applies to both, with MultiSrc differences noted only as they occur. The AsciiSrc understands all Latin1 characters plus Tab and Carriage Return. 4mThe24m 4mMultiSrc24m 4munderstands24m 4many24m 4mset24m 4mof24m 4mchar-0m 4macter24m 4msets24m 4mthat24m 4mthe24m 4munderlying24m 4mX24m 4mimplementation's24m 4minterna-0m 4mtionalization24m 4mhandles.0m The AsciiSrc can be either of two types: 1mXawAsciiFile 22mor 1mXawAsciiString22m. AsciiSrc objects of type 1mXawAsciiFile 22mread the text from a file and store it into an internal buffer. This buffer may then be modified, provided the text widget is in the correct edit mode, just as if it were a source of type 1mXawAsci-0m 1miString22m. Unlike R3 and earlier versions of the AsciiSrc, it is now possible to specify an editable disk source. The file is not updated, however, until a call to 1mXawAsciiSave0m is made. When the source is in this mode the 1museStringIn-0m 1mPlace 22mresource is ignored. AsciiSrc objects of type 1mXawAsciiString 22mhave the text buffer implemented as a string. 4mMultiSrc24m 4mobjects24m 4mof24m 4mtype24m 1mXawAsci-0m 1miString 4m22mhave24m 4mthe24m 4mtext24m 4mbuffer24m 4mimplemented24m 4mas24m 4ma24m 4mwide24m 4mcharacter0m 4mstring.24m 1mThe string owner is responsible for allocating and0m 1mmanaging storage for the string.0m In the default case for AsciiSrc objects of type 1mXawAsci-0m 1miString22m, the resource 1museStringInPlace 22mis false, and the widget owns the string. The initial value of the string resource, and any update made by the application programmer to the string resource with 1mXtSetValues22m, is copied into mem- ory private to the widget, and managed internally by the widget. The application writer does not need to worry about running out of buffer space (subject to the total memory available to the application). The performance does not decay linearly as the buffer grows large, as is necessarily the case when the text buffer is used in place. The appli- cation writer must use 1mXtGetValues 22mto determine the contents of the text buffer, which will return a copy of the widget's text buffer as it existed at the time of the 1mXtGetValues0m call. This copy is not affected by subsequent updates to the text buffer, i.e., it is not updated as the user types input into the text buffer. This copy is freed upon the next call to XtGetValues to retrieve the string resource; 1m1410m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m however, to conserve memory, there is a convenience routine, 1mXawAsciiSourceFreeString22m, allowing the application program- mer to direct the widget to free the copy. When the resource 1museStringInPlace 22mis true and the AsciiSrc object is of type 1mXawAsciiString22m, the application is the string owner. The widget will take the value of the string resource as its own text buffer, and the 1mlength 22mresource indicates the buffer size. In this case the buffer con- tents change as the user types at the widget; it is not nec- essary to call 1mXtGetValues 22mon the string resource to deter- mine the contents of the buffer--it will simply return the address of the application's implementation of the text buffer. 1m5.6.1. Resources0m When creating an AsciiSrc object instance, the following resources are retrieved from the argument list or from the resource database: ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1mName Class Type Notes Default Value0m ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ callback Callback XtCallbackList NULL dataCompression DataCompression Boolean True destroyCallback Callback Callback NULL editType EditType EditMode XawtextRead length Length Int A length of 1mstring0m pieceSize PieceSize Int BUFSIZ string String String NULL type Type AsciiType XawAsciiString useStringInPlace UseStringInPlace Boolean False ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1mcallback 22mThe callbacks registered on this resource will be called every time the text buffer changes, after the text has been updated. destroyCallback All functions on this list are called when this widget is destroyed. 1mdataCompression0m The AsciiSrc uses an algorithm that may cause the text buffer to grow to about twice the size of the actual text over time, as the text is edited. On systems where CPU cycles are cheaper than memory, it is helpful to spend some extra time to compress this buffer back to its minimum size. If this resource is 1mTrue22m, the AsciiSrc will compress its data 1m1420m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m to the minimum size required every time the text string is saved, or the value of the string is queried. editType This is the type of editing that will be allowed in this text widget. Legal values are 1mXawtextRead22m, 1mXawtextEdit22m, and 1mXawtextAp-0m 1mpend22m. A converter is registered for this resource that will convert the following strings: 1mread, edit, 22mand 1mappend22m. 1mlength 22mIf the 1museStringInPlace 22mresource is 1mFalse0m this attribute has no effect. If that resource is 1mTrue22m, however, then the 1mlength0m resource specifies the length of the buffer passed to the text widget in the 1mstring0m resource. 1mpieceSize 22mThis is the size of the internal chunks into which the text buffer is broken down for mem- ory management. The larger this value the less segmented your memory will be, but the slower your editing will be. The text wid- gets will always allocate a chunk of memory this size to stuff the 1mstring 22minto, so when using small strings, having this buffer large can waste memory. This resource has no effect if 1museStringInPlace 22mis 1mTrue22m. 1mstring 22mIf 1mtype 22mis 1mXawAsciiString 22mthen this string contains the buffer to be displayed in the widget. If 1mtype 22mis 1mXawAsciiFile 22mthen the string contains the name of the file to be displayed. This string is normally copied by the text widget into internal memory, but may be used in place by setting the 1museStringIn-0m 1mPlace 22mresource. As of X11R4 this is a set- table resource. When the 1mstring 22mresource is queried, using 1mXtGetValues22m, and 1museStringIn-0m 1mPlace 22mis false, the value returned is valid until the next time the 1mstring 22mresource is queried, or until the application writer calls 1mXawAsciiSourceFreeString22m. If 1museS-0m 1mtringInPlace 22mis true, a pointer to the actual string is returned. See also section 5.6. 1mtype 22mThis resource may be either 1mXawAsciiString 22mor 1mXawAsciiFile22m. The value of this resource determines whether the 1mstring 22mresource con- tains the name of a file to be opened or a buffer to be displayed by the text widget. A converter has been registered for this resource and accepts the values 1mstring 22mand 1mfile22m. 1m1430m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m 1museStringInPlace0m Setting this resource to 1mTrue 22mwill disable the memory management provided by the Text widget, updating the 1mstring 22mresource in place. Using the string in place can be much more efficient for text widgets that display static data, or where the programmer wishes to impose strict constraints on the contents of the 1mstring22m. When using the string in place be sure that: the length of the string is specified by setting the 1mlength 22mresource, the 1mtype 22mof the Text widget is 1mXawAsci-0m 1miString22m, and that the 1mstring 22mexists for the lifetime of the text widget, or until it has been reset. 4mNote:24m 4mSince24m 4mthe24m 4mMultiSrc24m 4mand0m 4mAsciiSrc24m 4mhave24m 4mdifferent24m 4mdata24m 4mformats,24m 4muse24m 4mof0m 4mthis24m 4mresource24m 4mforces24m 4mapplication24m 4mcode24m 4mto24m 4mbe0m 4mcognisant24m 4mas24m 4mto24m 4mwhich24m 4mof24m 4mthe24m 4mtwo24m 4mis24m 4mbeing0m 4mused.24m 4mApplication24m 4mprogramming24m 4mis24m 4msimplified0m 4mwhen24m 4muse24m 4mof24m 4mthis24m 4mresource24m 4mis24m 4mavoided.0m 1m5.6.2. Convenience Routines0m The AsciiSrc has a few convenience routines that allow the application programmer quicker or easier access to some of the commonly used functionality of the AsciiSrc. 1m5.6.2.1. Conserving Memory0m When the AsciiSrc widget is not in 1museStringInPlace 22mmode space must be allocated whenever the file is saved, or the string is requested with a call to 1mXtGetValues22m. This memory is allocated on the fly, and remains valid until the next time a string needs to be allocated. You may save memory by freeing this string as soon as you are done with it by call- ing 1mXawAsciiSourceFreeString22m. void XawAsciiSourceFreeString(4mw24m) Widget 4mw24m; 4mw24m Specifies the AsciiSrc object. This function will free the memory that contains the string pointer returned by 1mXtGetValues22m. This will normally happen automatically when the next call to 1mXtGetValues 22moccurs, or when the widget is destroyed. 1m5.6.2.2. Saving Files0m To save the changes made in the current text source into a file use 1mXawAsciiSave22m. 1m1440m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m Boolean XawAsciiSave(4mw24m) Widget 4mw24m; 4mw24m Specifies the AsciiSrc object. 1mXawAsciiSave 22mreturns 1mTrue 22mif the save was successful. It will update the file named in the 1mstring 22mresource. If the buffer has not been changed, no action will be taken. This function only works on an AsciiSrc of type 1mXawAsciiFile22m. To save the contents of the current text buffer into a named file use 1mXawAsciiSaveAsFile22m. Boolean XawAsciiSaveAsFile(4mw24m, 4mname24m) Widget 4mw24m; String 4mname24m; 4mw24m Specifies the AsciiSrc object. 4mname24m The name of the file to save the current buffer into. This function returns 1mTrue 22mif the save was successful. 1mXawAsciiSaveAsFile 22mwill work with a buffer of either type 1mXawAsciiString 22mor type 1mXawAsciiFile22m. 1m5.6.2.3. Seeing if the Source has Changed0m To find out if the text buffer in an AsciiSrc object has changed since the last time it was saved with 1mXawAsciiSave0m or queried use 1mXawAsciiSourceChanged22m. Boolean XawAsciiSourceChanged(4mw24m) Widget 4mw24m; 4mw24m Specifies the AsciiSrc object. This function will return 1mTrue 22mif the source has changed since the last time it was saved or queried. The internal change flag is reset whenever the string is queried via 1mXtGetValues 22mor the buffer is saved via 1mXawAsciiSave22m. 1m5.7. Ascii Sink Object and Multi Sink Object0m Application Header file Class Header file Class asciiSinkObjectClass 1m1450m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m Class Name AsciiSink Superclass TextSink The AsciiSink or MultiSink object is used by a text widget to render the text. Depending on its 1minternational0m resource, a AsciiText widget will create one or the other of these when the AsciiText itself is created. Both types are nearly identical; the following discussion applies to both, with MultiSink differences noted only as they occur. The AsciiSink will display all printing characters in an 8 bit font, along with handling Tab and Carriage Return. The name has been left as ``AsciiSink'' for compatibility. 4mThe24m 4mMul-0m 4mtiSink24m 4mwill24m 4mdisplay24m 4mall24m 4mprinting24m 4mcharacters24m 4min24m 4ma24m 4mfont24m 4mset,0m 4malong24m 4mwith24m 4mhandling24m 4mTab24m 4mand24m 4mCarriage24m 4mReturn.24m The source object also reports the text window metrics to the text wid- gets. 1m5.7.1. Resources0m When creating an AsciiSink object instance, the following resources are retrieved from the argument list or from the resource database: -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1mName Class Type Notes Default Value0m -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- background Background Pixel XtDefaultBackground destroyCallback Callback XtCallbackList NULL displayNonprinting Output Boolean True echo Output Boolean True font Font XFontStruct* XtDefaultFont fontSet FontSet XFontSet XtDefaultFontSet foreground Foreground Pixel XtDefaultForeground -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1mbackground 22mA pixel value which indexes the widget's col- ormap to derive the background color of the widget's window. This resource is retrieved by the AsciiSink instead of being copied from the Text widget. destroyCallback All functions on this list are called when this widget is destroyed. 1mdisplayNonprinting0m If this resource is 1mTrue22m, the Text widget will display all non-printable characters as the string 4m^@24m. If 1mFalse22m, the Text widget will just leave a blank space where a non- printable character exists in the text 1m1460m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m buffer. 1mecho 22mWhether or not to echo characters to the screen. The buffer can still be edited, but nothing is displayed. This mode can be use- ful for entering passwords and other sensi- tive information. 1mfont 22mThe text font to use when displaying the 1mstring22m. (This resource is present in the AsciiSink, but not the MultiSink.) 1mfontSet 22mThe text font set to use when displaying the 1mstring22m. (This resource is present in the MultiSink, but not the AsciiSink.) 1m5.8. Customizing the Text Widget0m The remainder of this chapter will describe customizing the Text widget. The Text widget may be customized by subclass- ing, or by creating new sources and sinks. Subclassing is described in detail in Chapter 7; this section will describe only those things that are specific to the Text widget. Attributes of the Text widget base class and creating new sources and sinks will be discussed. The Text widget is made up of a number of different pieces, with the Text widget as the base widget class. It and the AsciiText widget are the only true "widgets" in the Text widget family. The other pieces (sources and sinks) are X Toolkit objects and have no window associated with them. No source or sink is useful unless assigned to a Text widget. Each of the following pieces of the Text widget has a spe- cific purpose, and will be, or has been, discussed in detail in this chapter: 1mText 22mThis is the glue that binds everything else together. This widget reads the text data from the source, and displays the information in the sink. All translations and actions are handled in the Text widget itself. 1mTextSink 22mThis object is responsible for displaying and clearing the drawing area. It also reports the configuration of the window that contains the drawing area. The TextSink does not have its own window; instead it does its drawing on the Text widget's window. 1mTextSrc 22mThis object is responsible for reading, edit- ing and searching through the text buffer. 1m1470m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m 1mAsciiSink 22mThis object is a subclass of the TextSink and knows how to display ASCII text. Support has been added to display any 8-bit character set, given the font. 1mMultiSink 22mThis object is a subclass of the TextSink and knows how to display font sets. 1mAsciiSrc 22mThis object is a subclass of the TextSrc and knows how to read strings and files. 1mMultiSrc 22mThis object is a subclass of the TextSrc and knows how to read strings and multibyte files, converting them to wide characters based on locale. 1mAsciiText 22mThis widget is a subclass of the Text widget. When created, the AsciiText automatically creates and attaches either an AsciiSrc and AsciiSink, or a MultiSrc and MultiSink, to itself. The AsciiText provides the simplest interface to the Athena Text widgets. 1m5.9. Text Widget0m Application Header file Class Header file Class textWidgetClass Class Name Text Superclass Simple The Text widget is the glue that binds all the other pieces together, it maintains the internal state of the displayed text, and acts as a mediator between the source and sink. This section lists the resources that are actually part of the Text widget, and explains the functionality provided by each. 1m5.9.1. Resources0m When creating a Text widget instance, the following resources are retrieved from the argument list or from the resource database: 1m1480m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1mName Class Type NotesDefault Value0m ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ accelerators Accelerators AcceleratorTable NULL ancestorSensitive AncestorSensitiveBoolean D True autoFill AutoFill Boolean False background Background Pixel XtDefaultBackground backgroundPixmap Pixmap Pixmap XtUnspecifiedPixmap borderColor BorderColor Pixel XtDefaultForeground borderPixmap Pixmap Pixmap XtUnspecifiedPixmap borderWidth BorderWidth Dimension 1 bottomMargin Margin Position 2 colormap Colormap Colormap Parent's Colormap cursor Cursor Cursor XC_xterm cursorName Cursor String NULL depth Depth int C Parent's Depth destroyCallback Callback XtCallbackList NULL displayCaret Output Boolean True displayPosition TextPosition XawTextPosition 0 height Height Dimension A Font height + margins insensitiveBorder Insensitive Pixmap GreyPixmap insertPosition TextPosition int 0 leftMargin Margin Position 2 mappedWhenManaged MappedWhenManagedBoolean True pointerColor Foreground Pixel XtDefaultForeground pointerColorBackgroundBackground Pixel XtDefaultBackground resize Resize XawTextResizeMode XawtextResizeNever rightMargin Margin Position 4 screen Screen Pointer R Parent's Screen scrollHorizontal Scroll ScrollMode XawtextScrollNever scrollVertical Scroll XawTextScrollMode XawtextScrollNever selectTypes SelectTypes XawTextSelectType* See above sensitive Sensitive Boolean True textSink TextSink Widget NULL textSource TextSource Widget NULL topMargin Margin Position 2 translations Translations TranslationTable See above unrealizeCallback Callback XtCallbackList NULL width Width Dimension 100 wrap Wrap WrapMode XawtextWrapNever x Position Position 0 y Position Position 0 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ accelerators A list of event to action bindings to be exe- cuted by this widget, even though the event occurred in another widget. (See the 4mX24m 4mTool-0m 4mkit24m 4mIntrinsics24m 4m--24m 4mC24m 4mLanguage24m 4mInterface24m for details). ancestorSensitive The sensitivity state of the ancestors of this widget. A widget is insensitive if 1m1490m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m either it or any of its ancestors is insensi- tive. This resource should not be changed with 1mXtSetValues22m, although it may be queried. 1mautoFill 22mIf this resource is 1mTrue 22mthe text widget will automatically break a line when the user attempts to type into the right margin. The attribute has no effect on files or text inserted into the text widget. It only checks to see if the action should be taken when a user enters a new character via the 4minsert-character24m action. background A pixel value which indexes the widget's col- ormap to derive the background color of the widget's window. backgroundPixmap The background pixmap of this widget's win- dow. If this resource is set to anything other than 1mXtUnspecifiedPixmap22m, the pixmap specified will be used instead of the back- ground color. borderColor A pixel value which indexes the widget's col- ormap to derive the border color of the wid- get's window. borderPixmap The border pixmap of this widget's window. If this resource is set to anything other than 1mXtUnspecifiedPixmap22m, the pixmap speci- fied will be used instead of the border color. borderWidth The width of this widget's window border. 1mbottomMargin0m 1mleftMargin0m 1mrightMargin0m 1mtopMargin 22mThe amount of space, in pixels, between the edge of the window and the corresponding edge of the text within the window. If there is a scrollbar active on this edge, then this is the space between the text and the scrollbar. colormap The colormap that this widget will use. cursor The image that will be displayed as the pointer cursor whenever it is in this widget. The use of this resource is deprecated in favor of 1mcursorName22m. cursorName The name of the symbol to use to represent the pointer cursor. This resource will 1m1500m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m override the 1mcursor 22mresource if both are specified. (See 2.4.1) depth The depth of this widget's window. destroyCallback All functions on this list are called when this widget is destroyed. 1mdisplayCaret 22mWhether or not to display the text insert point. 1mdisplayPosition0m The position in the text buffer of the char- acter that is currently displayed in the upper left hand corner of the text display. height width The height and width of this widget in pix- els. insensitiveBorder This pixmap will be tiled into the widget's border if the widget becomes insensitive. 1minsertPosition 22mThis is the location of the insert point. It is expressed in characters from the beginning of the file. The cursor will always be forced to be on the screen. This resource may therefore be used to scroll the text dis- play to a certain character position. mappedWhenManaged If this resource is 1mTrue22m, then the widget's window will automatically be mapped by the Toolkit when it is realized and managed. pointerColor A pixel value which indexes the widget's col- ormap to derive the foreground color of the pointer symbol specified by the 1mcursorName0m resource. pointerColorBackground A pixel value which indexes the widget's colormap to derive the background color of the pointer symbol specified by the 1mcursor-0m 1mName 22mresource. 1mresize 22mControls whether or not the Text widget attempts to resize itself when it is no longer able to display the full text buffer in the associated window. Any attempt by the Text widget to resize itself is always sub- ject to the constraints imposed by its 1m1510m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m parent. The values 1mXawtextResizeNever22m, 1mXaw-0m 1mtextResizeWidth22m, 1mXawtextResizeHeight22m, and 1mXawtextResizeBoth 22mare all acceptable for this resource. A converter is registered for this resource that will convert the following strings: 1mnever, height, width, 22mand 1mboth22m. screen The screen on which this widget is displayed. This is not a settable resource. 1mscrollHorizontal0m 1mscrollVertical 22mThese resources control the placement of scrollbars on the left and bottom edge of the text widget. These resources accept the val- ues 1mXawtextScrollAlways22m, 1mXawtextScrollWhen-0m 1mNeeded22m, and 1mXawtextScrollNever22m. A converter is registered for this resource that will convert the following strings: 1malways, never,0m and 1mwhenNeeded22m. If 1mXawtextScrollWhenNeeded0m is specified, the appropriate scrollbar will only appear when there is text in the buffer that is not able to fit within the bounds of the current window. The scrollbar will dis- appear when the text once again fits within the window. 1mselectTypes 22mSpecifies the selection type array that is used when multi-click is activated (see 1mText0m 1mSelections for Application Programmers 22mfor details). This resource is used in place, and must not be freed until the widget is destroyed. There is no type converter regis- tered for this resource, so it may not be set from the resource manager. sensitive Whether or not the toolkit should pass user events to this widget. The widget will not get input events if either 1mancestorSensitive0m or 1msensitive 22mis 1mFalse22m. 1mtextSink0m 1mtextSource 22mThese are the TextSink or TextSource objects used by this widget. When using the Text widget these MUST be set by the application programmer. translations The event bindings associated with this wid- get. 1mwrap 22mWhen the text in any one line is wider than the window there are several possible actions. This resource allows the user to decide what will happen. The accepted values for this resource are 1mXawtextWrapNever22m, 1m1520m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m 1mXawtextWrapLine22m, and 1mXawtextWrapWord22m. With 1mXawtextWrapLine 22mall text that is beyond the right edge of the window will be displayed on the next line. With 1mXawtextWrapWord 22mthe same action occurs but the text is broken at a word boundary if possible. If no wrapping is enabled then the text will extend off the edge of the window, and a small rectangle will be painted in the right margin to alert the user that this line is too long. A con- verter is registered for this resource that will convert the following strings: 1mnever,0m 1mword, 22mand 1mline22m. 1munrealizeCallback0m A list of callback functions which will be executed when the Text widget is unrealized. x y The location of the upper left outside corner of this widget in its parent. 1m5.10. TextSrc Object0m Application Header file Class Header file Class textSrcObjectClass Class Name TextSrc Superclass Object The TextSrc object is the root object for all text sources. Any new text source objects should be subclasses of the TextSrc Object. The TextSrc Class contains all methods the Text widget expects a text source to export. Since all text sources will have some resources in common the TextSrc defines a few new resources. 1m5.10.1. Resources0m When creating an TextSrc object instance, the following resources are retrieved from the argument list or from the resource database: ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1mName Class Type Notes Default Value0m ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- destroyCallback Callback XtCallbackList NULL 1m1530m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1mName Class Type Notes Default Value0m ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- editType EditType EditMode NULL ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- destroyCallback All functions on this list are called when this widget is destroyed. 1meditType 22mThis is the type of editing that will be allowed in this text widget. Legal values are 1mXawtextRead22m, 1mXawtextEdit22m, and 1mXawtextAp-0m 1mpend22m. A converter is registered for this resource that will convert the following strings: 1mread, edit, 22mand 1mappend22m. 1m5.10.2. Subclassing the TextSrc0m The only purpose of the TextSrc Object is to be subclassed. It contains the minimum set of class methods that all text sources must have. All class methods of the TextSrc must be defined, as the Text widget uses them all. While all may be inherited, the direct descendant of TextSrc 1mmust 22mspecify some of them as TextSrc does not contain enough information to be a valid text source by itself. Do not try to use the TextSrc as a valid source for the Text widget; it is not intended to be used as a source by itself and bad things will probably happen. -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1mFunction Inherit with Public Interface must specify0m -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Read XtInheritRead XawTextSourceRead yes Replace XtInheritReplace XawTextSourceReplace no Scan XtInheritScan XawTextSourceScan yes Search XtInheritSearch XawTextSourceSearch no SetSelection XtInheritSetSelection XawTextSourceSetSelection no ConvertSelection XtInheritConvertSelection XawTextSourceConvertSelection no -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1m5.10.2.1. Reading Text.0m To read the text in a text source use the 1mRead 22mfunction: XawTextPosition Read(4mw24m, 4mpos24m, 4mtext_return24m, 4mlength24m) Widget 4mw24m; XawTextPosition 4mpos24m; XawTextBlock 4m*text_return24m; int 4mlength24m; 1m1540m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m 4mw24m Specifies the TextSrc object. 4mpos24m Specifies the position of the first character to be read from the text buffer. 4mtext24m Returns the text read from the source. 4mlength24m Specifies the maximum number of characters the TextSrc should return to the application in 4mtext_return24m. This function returns the text position immediately after the characters read from the text buffer. The function is not required to read 4mlength24m characters if that many charac- ters are in the file, it may break at any point that is con- venient to the internal structure of the source. It may take several calls to 1mRead 22mbefore the desired portion of the text buffer is fully retrieved. 1m5.10.2.2. Replacing Text.0m To replace or edit the text in a text buffer use the 1mReplace0m function: XawTextPosition Replace(4mw24m, 4mstart24m, 4mend24m, 4mtext24m) Widget 4mw24m; XawTextPosition 4mstart24m, 4mend24m; XawTextBlock 4m*text24m; 4mw24m Specifies the TextSrc object. 4mstart24m Specifies the position of the first character to be removed from the text buffer. This is also the location to begin inserting the new text. 4mend24m Specifies the position immediately after the last character to be removed from the text buffer. 4mtext24m Specifies the text to be added to the text source. This function can return any of the following values: 1mXawEditDone 22mThe text replacement was successful. 1mXawPositionError0m The edit mode is 1mXawtextAppend 22mand 4mstart24m is not the last character of the source. 1mXawEditError0m Either the Source was read-only or the range to be deleted is larger than the length of the Source. 1m1550m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m The 1mReplace 22marguments 4mstart24m and 4mend24m represent the text source character positions for the existing text that is to be replaced by the text in the text block. The characters from 4mstart24m up to but not including 4mend24m are deleted, and the buffer specified by the text block is inserted in their place. If 4mstart24m and 4mend24m are equal, no text is deleted and the new text is inserted after 4mstart24m. 1m5.10.2.3. Scanning the TextSrc0m To search the text source for one of the predefined boundary types use the 1mScan 22mfunction: XawTextPosition Scan(4mw24m, 4mposition24m, 4mtype24m, 4mdir24m, 4mcount24m, 4minclude24m) Widget 4mw24m; XawTextPosition 4mposition24m; XawTextScanType 4mtype24m; XawTextScanDirection 4mdir24m; int 4mcount24m; Boolean 4minclude24m; 4mw24m Specifies the TextSrc object. 4mposition24m Specifies the position to begin scanning the source. 4mtype24m Specifies the type of boundary to scan for, may be one of: 1mXawstPosition22m, 1mXawstWhiteSpace22m, 1mXawstEOL22m, 1mXawstParagraph22m, 1mXawstAll22m. The exact meaning of these boundaries is left up to the individual text source. 4mdir24m Specifies the direction to scan, may be either 1mXawsdLeft 22mto search backward, or 1mXawsdRight 22mto search forward. 4mcount24m Specifies the number of boundaries to scan for. 4minclude24m Specifies whether the boundary itself should be included in the scan. The 1mScan 22mfunction returns the position in the text source of the desired boundary. It is expected to return a valid address for all calls made to it, thus if a particular request is made that would take the text widget beyond the end of the source it must return the position of that end. 1m5.10.2.4. Searching through a TextSrc0m To search for a particular string use the 1mSearch 22mfunction. 1m1560m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m XawTextPosition Search(4mw24m, 4mposition24m, 4mdir24m, 4mtext24m) Widget 4mw24m; XawTextPosition 4mposition24m; XawTextScanDirection 4mdir24m; XawTextBlock 4m*text24m; 4mw24m Specifies the TextSrc object. 4mposition24m Specifies the position to begin the search. 4mdir24m Specifies the direction to search, may be either 1mXawsdLeft 22mto search backward, or 1mXawsdRight 22mto search forward. 4mtext24m Specifies a text block containing the text to search for. This function will search through the text buffer attempting to find a match for the string in the text block. If a match is found in the direction specified, then the charac- ter location of the first character in the string is returned. If no text was found then 1mXawTextSearchError 22mis returned. 1m5.10.2.5. Text Selections0m While many selection types are handled by the Text widget, text sources may have selection types unknown to the Text widget. When a selection conversion is requested by the X server the Text widget will first call the 1mConvertSelection0m function, to attempt the selection conversion. Boolean ConvertSelections(4mw24m, 4mselection24m, 4mtarget24m, 4mtype24m, 4mvalue_return24m, 4mlength_return24m, 4mformat_return24m) Widget 4mw24m; Atom 4m*selection24m, 4m*target24m, 4m*type24m; caddr_t 4m*value_return24m; unsigned long 4m*length_return24m; int 4m*format_return24m; 4mw24m Specifies the TextSrc object. 4mselection24m Specifies the type of selection that was requested (e.g. 1mPRIMARY22m). 4mtarget24m Specifies the type of the selection that has been requested, which indicates the desired information about the selection (e.g. Filename, Text, Window). 4mtype24m Specifies a pointer to the atom into which the property type of the converted value of the selec- tion is to be stored. For instance, either file name or text might have property type 1mXA_STRING22m. 1m1570m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m 4mvalue_return0m Returns a pointer into which a pointer to the con- verted value of the selection is to be stored. The selection owner is responsible for allocating this storage. The memory is considered owned by the toolkit, and is freed by XtFree when the Intrinsics selection mechanism is done with it. 4mlength_return0m Returns a pointer into which the number of ele- ments in value is to be stored. The size of each element is determined by 4mformat24m. 4mformat_return0m Returns a pointer into which the size in bits of the data elements of the selection value is to be stored. If this function returns 1mTrue 22mthen the Text widget will assume that the source has taken care of converting the selection, Otherwise the Text widget will attempt to convert the selection itself. If the source needs to know when the text selection is modi- fied it should define a 1mSetSelection 22mprocedure: void SetSelection(4mw24m, 4mstart24m, 4mend24m, 4mselection24m) Widget 4mw24m; XawTextPosition 4mstart24m, 4mend24m; Atom 4mselection24m; 4mw24m Specifies the TextSrc object. 4mstart24m Specifies the character position of the beginning of the new text selection. 4mend24m Specifies the character position of the end of the new text selection. 4mselection24m Specifies the type of selection that was requested (e.g. 1mPRIMARY22m). 1m5.11. TextSink Object0m Application Header file Class Header file Class textSinkObjectClass Class Name TextSink Superclass Object 1m1580m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m The TextSink object is the root object for all text sinks. Any new text sink objects should be subclasses of the TextSink Object. The TextSink Class contains all methods that the Text widget expects a text sink to export. Since all text sinks will have some resources in common, the TextSink defines a few new resources. 1m5.11.1. Resources0m When creating an TextSink object instance, the following resources are retrieved from the argument list or from the resource database: ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1mName Class Type Notes Default Value0m ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- background Background Pixel XtDefaultBackground destroyCallback Callback XtCallbackList NULL foreground Foreground Pixel XtDefaultForeground ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1mbackground 22mA pixel value which indexes the widget's col- ormap to derive the background color of the widget's window. destroyCallback All functions on this list are called when this widget is destroyed. 1mforeground 22mA pixel value which indexes the Text widget's colormap to derive the foreground color used by the text sink. 1m5.11.2. Subclassing the TextSink0m The only purpose of the TextSink Object is to be subclassed. It contains the minimum set of class methods that all text sinks must have. While all may be inherited, the direct descendant of TextSink 1mmust specify 22msome of them as TextSink does contain enough information to be a valid text sink by itself. Do not try to use the TextSink as a valid sink for the Text widget; it is not intended to be used as a sink by itself. --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1mFunction Inherit with Public Interface must specify0m --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- DisplayText XtInheritDisplayText XawTextSinkDisplayText yes InsertCursor XtInheritInsertCursor XawTextSinkInsertCursor yes ClearToBackground XtInheritClearToBackground XawTextSinkClearToBackground no 1m1590m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1mFunction Inherit with Public Interface must specify0m --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- FindPosition XtInheritFindPosition XawTextSinkFindPosition yes FindDistance XtInheritFindDistance XawTextSinkFindDistance yes Resolve XtInheritResolve XawTextSinkResolve yes MaxLines XtInheritMaxLines XawTextSinkMaxLines no MaxHeight XtInheritMaxHeight XawTextSinkMaxHeight no SetTabs XtInheritSetTabs XawTextSinkSetTabs no GetCursorBounds XtInheritGetCursorBounds XawTextSinkGetCursorBounds yes --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1m5.11.2.1. Displaying Text0m To display a section of the text buffer contained in the text source use the function 1mDisplayText22m: void DisplayText(4mw24m, 4mx24m, 4my24m, 4mpos124m, 4mpos224m, 4mhighlight24m) Widget 4mw24m; Position 4mx24m, 4my24m; XawTextPosition 4mpos124m, 4mpos224m; Boolean 4mhighlight24m; 4mw24m Specifies the TextSink object. 4mx24m Specifies the x location to start drawing the text. 4my24m Specifies the y location to start drawing text. 4mpos124m Specifies the location within the text source of the first character to be printed. 4mpos224m Specifies the location within the text source of the last character to be printed. 4mhighlight24m Specifies whether or not to paint the text region highlighted. The Text widget will only pass one line at a time to the text sink, so this function does not need to know how to line feed the text. It is acceptable for this function to just ignore Carriage Returns. 4mx24m and 4my24m denote the upper left hand corner of the first character to be displayed. 1m5.11.2.2. Displaying the Insert Point0m The function that controls the display of the text cursor is 1mInsertCursor22m. This function will be called whenever the text widget desires to change the state of, or move the insert point. 1m1600m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m void InsertCursor(4mw24m, 4mx24m, 4my24m, 4mstate24m) Widget 4mw24m; Position 4mx24m, 4my24m; XawTextInsertState 4mstate24m; 4mw24m Specifies the TextSink object. 4mx24m Specifies the x location of the cursor in Pixels. 4my24m Specifies the y location of the cursor in Pixels. 4mstate24m Specifies the state of the cursor, may be one of 1mXawisOn 22mor 1mXawisOff22m. 4mX24m and 4my24m denote the upper left hand corner of the insert point. 1m5.11.2.3. Clearing Portions of the Text window0m To clear a portion of the Text window to its background color, the Text widget will call 1mClearToBackground22m. The TextSink object already defines this function as calling 1mXClearArea 22mon the region passed. This behavior will be used if you specify 1mXtInheritClearToBackground 22mfor this method. void ClearToBackground(4mw24m, 4mx24m, 4my24m, 4mwidth24m, 4mheight24m) Widget 4mw24m; Position 4mx24m, 4my24m; Dimension 4mwidth24m, 4mheight24m; 4mw24m Specifies the TextSink object. 4mx24m Specifies the x location, in pixels, of the Region to clear. 4my24m Specifies the y location, in pixels, of the Region to clear. 4mwidth24m Specifies the width, in pixels, of the Region to clear. 4mheight24m Specifies the height, in pixels, of the Region to clear. 4mX24m and 4my24m denote the upper left hand corner of region to clear. 1m5.11.2.4. Finding a Text Position Given Pixel Values0m To find the text character position that will be rendered at a given x location the Text widget uses the function 1mFindPo-0m 1msition22m: 1m1610m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m void FindPosition(4mw24m, 4mfromPos24m, 4mfromX24m, 4mwidth24m, 4mstopAtWordBreak24m, 4mpos_return24m, 4mwidth_return24m, 4mheight_return24m) Widget 4mw24m; XawTextPosition 4mfromPos24m; int 4mfromX24m, 4mwidth24m; Boolean 4mstopAtWordBreak24m; XawTextPosition 4m*pos_return24m; int 4m*width_return24m, 4m*height_return24m; 4mw24m Specifies the TextSink object. 4mfromPos24m Specifies a reference position, usually the first character in this line. This character is always to the left of the desired character location. 4mfromX24m Specifies the distance that the left edge of 4mfromPos24m is from the left edge of the window. This is the reference x location for the refer- ence position. 4mwidth24m Specifies the distance, in pixels, from the ref- erence position to the desired character posi- tion. 4mstopAtWordBreak0m Specifies whether or not the position that is returned should be forced to be on a word bound- ary. 4mpos_return24m Returns the character position that corresponds to the location that has been specified, or the work break immediately to the left of the posi- tion if 4mstopAtWordBreak24m is 1mTrue22m. 4mwidth_return0m Returns the actual distance between 4mfromPos24m and 4mpos_return.0m 4mheight_return0m Returns the maximum height of the text between 4mfromPos24m and 4mpos_return.0m This function need make no attempt to deal with line feeds. The text widget will only call it one line at a time. Another means of finding a text position is provided by the 1mResolve 22mfunction: 1m1620m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m void Resolve(4mw24m, 4mfromPos24m, 4mfromX24m, 4mwidth24m, 4mpos_return24m) Widget 4mw24m; XawTextPosition 4mfromPos24m; int 4mfromX24m, 4mwidth24m; XawTextPosition 4m*pos_return24m; 4mw24m Specifies the TextSink object. 4mfromPos24m Specifies a reference position, usually the first character in this line. This character is always to the left of the desired character location. 4mfromX24m Specifies the distance that the left edge of 4mfromPos24m is from the left edge of the window. This is the reference x location for the reference position. 4mwidth24m Specifies the distance, in pixels, from the refer- ence position to the desired character position. 4mpos_return0m Returns the character position that corresponds to the location that has been specified, or the word break immediately to the left if 4mstopAtWordBreak0m is 1mTrue22m. This function need make no attempt to deal with line feeds. The text widget will only call it one line at a time. This is a more convenient interface to the 1mFindPosition 22mfunction, and provides a subset of its functionality. 1m5.11.2.5. Finding the Distance Between two Text Positions0m To find the distance in pixels between two text positions on the same line use the function 1mFindDistance22m. void FindDistance(4mw24m, 4mfromPos24m, 4mfromX24m, 4mtoPos24m, 4mwidth_return24m, 4mpos_return24m, 4mheight_return24m) Widget 4mw24m; XawTextPosition 4mfromPos24m, 4mtoPos24m; int 4mfromX24m; XawTextPosition 4m*pos_return24m; int 4m*width_return24m, 4m*height_return24m; 4mw24m Specifies the TextSink object. 4mfromPos24m Specifies the text buffer position, in characters, of the first position. 4mfromX24m Specifies the distance that the left edge of 4mfromPos24m is from the left edge of the window. This is the reference x location for the reference position. 1m1630m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m 4mtoPos24m Specifies the text buffer position, in characters, of the second position. 4mresWidth24m Return the actual distance between 4mfromPos24m and 4mpos_return.0m 4mresPos24m Returns the character position that corresponds to the actual character position used for 4mtoPos24m in the calculations. This may be different than 4mtoPos24m, for example if 4mfromPos24m and 4mtoPos24m are on different lines in the file. 4mheight_return0m Returns the maximum height of the text between 4mfromPos24m and 4mpos_return24m. This function need make no attempt to deal with line feeds. The Text widget will only call it one line at a time. 1m5.11.2.6. Finding the Size of the Drawing area0m To find the maximum number of lines that will fit into the current Text widget, use the function 1mMaxLines22m. The TextSink already defines this function to compute the maxi- mum number of lines by using the height of 1mfont22m. int MaxLines(4mw24m, 4mheight24m) Widget 4mw24m; Dimension 4mheight24m; 4mw24m Specifies the TextSink object. 4mheight24m Specifies the height of the current drawing area. Returns the maximum number of lines that will fit in 4mheight24m. To find the height required for a given number of text lines, use the function 1mMaxHeight22m. The TextSink already defines this function to compute the maximum height of the window by using the height of 1mfont22m. int MaxHeight(4mw24m, 4mlines24m) Widget 4mw24m; int 4mlines24m; 4mw24m Specifies the TextSink object. 4mheight24m Specifies the height of the current drawing area. Returns the height that will be taken up by the number of lines passed. 1m1640m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m 1m5.11.2.7. Setting the Tab Stops0m To set the tab stops for a text sink use the 1mSetTabs 22mfunc- tion. The TextSink already defines this function to set the tab x location in pixels to be the number of characters times the figure width of 1mfont22m. void SetTabs(4mw24m, 4mtab_count24m, 4mtabs24m) Widget 4mw24m; int 4mtab_count24m, 4m*tabs24m; 4mw24m Specifies the TextSink object. 4mtab_count24m Specifies the number of tabs passed in 4mtabs24m. 4mtabs24m Specifies the position, in characters, of the tab stops. This function is responsible for the converting character positions passed to it into whatever internal positions the TextSink uses for tab placement. 1m5.11.2.8. Getting the Insert Point's Size and Location0m To get the size and location of the insert point use the 1mGetCursorBounds 22mfunction. void GetCursorBounds(4mw24m, 4mrect_return24m) Widget 4mw24m; XRectangle 4m*rect_return24m; 4mw24m Specifies the TextSinkObject. 4mrect_return0m Returns the location and size of the insert point. 4mRect24m will be filled with the current size and location of the insert point. 1m1650m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m 1mChapter 60m 1mComposite and Constraint Widgets0m These widgets may contain arbitrary widget children. They implement a policy for the size and location of their chil- dren. 1mBox 22mThis widget will pack its children as tightly as possible in non-overlapping rows. 1mDialog 22mAn implementation of a commonly used interaction semantic to prompt for auxiliary input from the user, such as a filename. 1mForm 22mA more sophisticated layout widget that allows the children to specify their positions relative to the other children, or to the edges of the Form. 1mPaned 22mAllows children to be tiled vertically or horizon- tally. Controls are also provided to allow the user to dynamically resize the individual panes. 1mPorthole 22mAllows viewing of a managed child which is as large as, or larger than its parent, typically under control of a Panner widget. 1mTree 22mProvides geometry management of widgets arranged in a directed, acyclic graph. 1mViewport 22mConsists of a frame, one or two scrollbars, and an inner window. The inner window can contain all the data that is to be displayed. This inner win- dow will be clipped by the frame with the scroll- bars controlling which section of the inner window is currently visible. 1m6.0.1. A Brief Note on Geometry Management0m The geometry management semantics provided by the X Toolkit give full control of the size and position of a widget to the parent of that widget. While the children are allowed to request a certain size or location, it is the parent who makes the final decision. Many of the composite widgets here will deny any geometry request from their children by default. If a child widget is not getting the expected size or location, it is most likely the parent disallowing a request, or implementing semantics slightly different than 1m1660m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m those expected by the application programmer. If the application wishes to change the size or location of any widget it should make a call to 1mXtSetValues22m. This will allow the widget to ask its parent for the new size or loca- tion. As noted above the parent is allowed to refuse this request, and the child must live with the result. If the application is unable to achieve the desired semantics, then perhaps it should use a different composite widget. Under no circumstances should an application programmer resort to 1mXtMoveWidget 22mor 1mXtResizeWidget22m; these functions are exclu- sively for the use of Composite widget implementors. For more information on geometry management consult the 4mX0m 4mToolkit24m 4mIntrinsics24m 4m--24m 4mC24m 4mLanguage24m 4mInterface24m. 1m6.1. Box Widget0m Application Header file Class Header file Class boxWidgetClass Class Name Box Superclass Composite The Box widget provides geometry management of arbitrary widgets in a box of a specified dimension. The children are rearranged when resizing events occur either on the Box or its children, or when children are managed or unmanaged. The Box widget always attempts to pack its children as tightly as possible within the geometry allowed by its par- ent. Box widgets are commonly used to manage a related set of buttons and are often called ButtonBox widgets, but the children are not limited to buttons. The Box's children are arranged on a background that has its own specified dimen- sions and color. 1m6.1.1. Resources0m When creating a Box widget instance, the following resources are retrieved from the argument list or from the resource database: 1m1670m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1mName Class Type NotesDefault Value0m ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- accelerators Accelerators AcceleratorTable NULL ancestorSensitiveAncestorSensitiveBoolean D True background Background Pixel XtDefaultBackground backgroundPixmap Pixmap Pixmap XtUnspecifiedPixmap borderColor BorderColor Pixel XtDefaultForeground borderPixmap Pixmap Pixmap XtUnspecifiedPixmap borderWidth BorderWidth Dimension 1 children ReadOnly WidgetList R NULL colormap Colormap Colormap Parent's Colormap depth Depth int C Parent's Depth destroyCallback Callback XtCallbackList NULL height Height Dimension A see 1mLayout Semantics0m hSpace HSpace Dimension 4 mappedWhenManagedMappedWhenManagedBoolean True numChildren ReadOnly Cardinal R 0 orientation Orientation Orientation XtorientVertical screen Screen Screen R Parent's Screen sensitive Sensitive Boolean True vSpace VSpace Dimension 4 translations Translations TranslationTable NULL width Width Dimension A see 1mLayout Semantics0m x Position Position 0 y Position Position 0 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- accelerators A list of event to action bindings to be exe- cuted by this widget, even though the event occurred in another widget. (See the 4mX24m 4mTool-0m 4mkit24m 4mIntrinsics24m 4m--24m 4mC24m 4mLanguage24m 4mInterface24m for details). ancestorSensitive The sensitivity state of the ancestors of this widget. A widget is insensitive if either it or any of its ancestors is insensi- tive. This resource should not be changed with 1mXtSetValues22m, although it may be queried. background A pixel value which indexes the widget's col- ormap to derive the background color of the widget's window. backgroundPixmap The background pixmap of this widget's win- dow. If this resource is set to anything other than 1mXtUnspecifiedPixmap22m, the pixmap specified will be used instead of the back- ground color. 1m1680m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m borderColor A pixel value which indexes the widget's col- ormap to derive the border color of the wid- get's window. borderPixmap The border pixmap of this widget's window. If this resource is set to anything other than 1mXtUnspecifiedPixmap22m, the pixmap speci- fied will be used instead of the border color. borderWidth The width of this widget's window border. children A list of all this composite widget's current children. colormap The colormap that this widget will use. depth The depth of this widget's window. destroyCallback All functions on this list are called when this widget is destroyed. height width The height and width of this widget in pix- els. 1mhSpace0m 1mvSpace 22mThe amount of space, in pixels, to leave between the children. This resource speci- fies the amount of space left between the outermost children and the edge of the box. mappedWhenManaged If this resource is 1mTrue22m, then the widget's window will automatically be mapped by the Toolkit when it is realized and managed. numChildren The number of children in this composite wid- get. 1morientation 22mSpecifies whether the preferred shape of the box (i.e. the result returned by the query_geometry class method) is tall and nar- row 1mXtorientVertical 22mor short and wide 1mXtori-0m 1mentHorizontal22m. When the Box is a child of a parent which enforces width constraints, it is usually better to specify 1mXtorientVertical0m (the default). When the parent enforces height constraints, it is usually better to specify 1mXtorientHorizontal22m. A converter is registered for this resource that will con- vert the following strings: 1mhorizontal 22mand 1mvertical22m. 1m1690m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m screen The screen on which this widget is displayed. This is not a settable resource. sensitive Whether or not the toolkit should pass user events to this widget. The widget will not get input events if either 1mancestorSensitive0m or 1msensitive 22mis 1mFalse22m. translations The event bindings associated with this wid- get. x y The location of the upper left outside corner of this widget in its parent. 1m6.1.2. Layout Semantics0m Each time a child is managed or unmanaged, the Box widget will attempt to reposition the remaining children to compact the box. Children are positioned in order left to right, top to bottom. The packing algorithm used depends on the 1morientation 22mof the Box. 1mXtorientVertical0m When the next child does not fit on the cur- rent row, a new row is started. If a child is wider than the width of the box, the box will request a larger width from its parent and will begin the layout process from the beginning if a new width is granted. 1mXtorientHorizontal0m When the next child does not fit on the cur- rent row, the Box widens if possible (so as to keep children on a single row); otherwise a new row is started. After positioning all children, the Box widget attempts to shrink its own size to the minimum dimensions required for the layout. 1m6.2. Dialog Widget0m Application Header file Class Header file Class dialogWidgetClass Class Name Dialog Superclass Form 1m1700m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m The Dialog widget implements a commonly used interaction semantic to prompt for auxiliary input from a user. For example, you can use a Dialog widget when an application requires a small piece of information, such as a filename, from the user. A Dialog widget, which is simply a special case of the Form widget, provides a convenient way to create a preconfigured form. The typical Dialog widget contains three areas. The first line contains a description of the function of the Dialog widget, for example, the string 4mFilename:24m. The second line contains an area into which the user types input. The third line can contain buttons that let the user confirm or cancel the Dialog input. Any of these areas may be omitted by the application. 1m6.2.1. Resources0m When creating a Dialog widget instance, the following resources are retrieved from the argument list or the resource database: -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1mName Class Type NotesDefault Value0m -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- accelerators Accelerators AcceleratorTable NULL ancestorSensitiveAncestorSensitiveBoolean D True background Background Pixel XtDefaultBackground backgroundPixmap Pixmap Pixmap XtUnspecifiedPixmap borderColor BorderColor Pixel XtDefaultForeground borderPixmap Pixmap Pixmap XtUnspecifiedPixmap borderWidth BorderWidth Dimension 1 children ReadOnly WidgetList R NULL colormap Colormap Colormap Parent's Colormap defaultDistance Thickness int 4 depth Depth int C Parent's Depth destroyCallback Callback XtCallbackList NULL height Height Dimension A Enough space to contain all children icon Icon Bitmap None label Label String "label" mappedWhenManagedMappedWhenManagedBoolean True numChildren ReadOnly Cardinal R 0 screen Screen Screen R Parent's Screen sensitive Sensitive Boolean True translations Translations TranslationTable NULL value Value String no value widget width Width Dimension A Enough space to contain all children x Position Position 0 y Position Position 0 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- accelerators A list of event to action bindings to be exe- cuted by this widget, even though the event 1m1710m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m occurred in another widget. (See the 4mX24m 4mTool-0m 4mkit24m 4mIntrinsics24m 4m--24m 4mC24m 4mLanguage24m 4mInterface24m for details). ancestorSensitive The sensitivity state of the ancestors of this widget. A widget is insensitive if either it or any of its ancestors is insensi- tive. This resource should not be changed with 1mXtSetValues22m, although it may be queried. background A pixel value which indexes the widget's col- ormap to derive the background color of the widget's window. backgroundPixmap The background pixmap of this widget's win- dow. If this resource is set to anything other than 1mXtUnspecifiedPixmap22m, the pixmap specified will be used instead of the back- ground color. borderColor A pixel value which indexes the widget's col- ormap to derive the border color of the wid- get's window. borderPixmap The border pixmap of this widget's window. If this resource is set to anything other than 1mXtUnspecifiedPixmap22m, the pixmap speci- fied will be used instead of the border color. borderWidth The width of this widget's window border. children A list of all this composite widget's current children. colormap The colormap that this widget will use. defaultDistance The default internal spacing for the chil- dren. This is the default value for the con- straint resources 1mhorizDistance 22mand 1mvertDis-0m 1mtance22m. depth The depth of this widget's window. destroyCallback All functions on this list are called when this widget is destroyed. height width The height and width of this widget in pix- els. 1m1720m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m 1micon 22mA pixmap image to be displayed immediately to the left of the Dialog widget's label. 1mlabel 22mA string to be displayed at the top of the Dialog widget. mappedWhenManaged If this resource is 1mTrue22m, then the widget's window will automatically be mapped by the Toolkit when it is realized and managed. numChildren The number of children in this composite wid- get. screen The screen on which this widget is displayed. This is not a settable resource. sensitive Whether or not the toolkit should pass user events to this widget. The widget will not get input events if either 1mancestorSensitive0m or 1msensitive 22mis 1mFalse22m. translations The event bindings associated with this wid- get. 1mvalue 22mAn initial value for the string field that the user will enter text into. By default, no text entry field is available to the user. Specifying an initial value for 1mvalue 22macti- vates the text entry field. If string input is desired, but no initial value is to be specified then set this resource to "" (empty string). x y The location of the upper left outside corner of this widget in its parent. 1m6.2.2. Constraint Resources0m Each child of the Dialog widget may request special layout resources be applied to it. These 4mconstraint24m resources allow the Dialog widget's children to specify individual layout requirements. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1mName Class Type Notes Default Value0m ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ bottom Edge XawEdgeType XawRubber fromHoriz Widget Widget NULL (left edge of Dialog) fromVert Widget Widget NULL (top edge of Dialog) horizDistance Thickness int 1mdefaultDistance 22mresource 1m1730m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1mName Class Type Notes Default Value0m ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ left Edge XawEdgeType XawRubber resizable Boolean Boolean FALSE right Edge XawEdgeType XawRubber top Edge XawEdgeType XawRubber vertDistance Thickness int 1mdefaultDistance 22mresource ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ bottom left right top What to do with this edge of the child when the parent is resized. This resource may be any 1medgeType22m. See 1mLayout Semantics 22mfor details. fromHoriz fromVert Which widget this child should be placed underneath (or to the right of). If a value of NULL is specified then this widget will be positioned relative to the edge of the par- ent. horizDistance vertDistance The amount of space, in pixels, between this child and its left or upper neighbor. resizable If this resource is 1mFalse 22mthen the parent widget will ignore all geometry request made by this child. The parent may still resize this child itself, however. 1m6.2.3. Layout Semantics0m The Dialog widget uses two different sets of layout seman- tics. One is used when initially laying out the children. The other is used when the Dialog is resized. The first layout method uses the 1mfromVert 22mand 1mfromHoriz0m resources to place the children of the Dialog. A single pass is made through the Dialog widget's children in the order that they were created. Each child is then placed in the Dialog widget below or to the right of the widget speci- fied by the 1mfromVert 22mand 1mfromHoriz 22mresources. The distance the new child is placed from its left or upper neighbor is determined by the 1mhorizDistance 22mand 1mvertDistance 22mresources. This implies some things about how the order of creation affects the possible placement of the children. The Form widget registers a string to widget converter which does not postpone conversion and does not cache conversion results. 1m1740m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m The second layout method is used when the Dialog is resized. It does not matter what causes this resize, and it is possi- ble for a resize to happen before the widget becomes visible (due to constraints imposed by the parent of the Dialog). This layout method uses the 1mbottom22m, 1mtop22m, 1mleft22m, and 1mright0m resources. These resources are used to determine what will happen to each edge of the child when the Dialog is resized. If a value of 1mXawChain4m22m24m is specified, the the edge of the child will remain a fixed distance from the 4mchain0m edge of the Dialog. For example if 1mXawChainLeft 22mis speci- fied for the 1mright 22mresource of a child then the right edge of that child will remain a fixed distance from the left edge of the Dialog widget. If a value of 1mXawRubber 22mis spec- ified, that edge will grow by the same percentage that the Dialog grew. For instance if the Dialog grows by 50% the left edge of the child (if specified as 1mXawRubber 22mwill be 50% farther from the left edge of the Dialog). One must be very careful when specifying these resources, for when they are specified incorrectly children may overlap or completely occlude other children when the Dialog widget is resized. -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1mEdge Type Resource Name Description0m -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- XawChainBottom ChainBottom Edge remains a fixed distance from bottom of Dialog XawChainLeft ChainLeft Edge remains a fixed distance from left of Dialog XawChainRight ChainRight Edge remains a fixed distance from right of Dialog XawChainTop ChainTop Edge remains a fixed distance from top of Dialog XawRubber Rubber Edges will move a proportional distance -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1m6.2.3.1. Example0m If you wish to force the Dialog to never resize one or more of its children then set 1mleft 22mand 1mright 22mto 1mXawChainLeft 22mand 1mtop 22mand 1mbottom 22mto 1mXawChainTop22m. This will cause the child to remain a fixed distance from the top and left edges of the Dialog, and to never resize. 1m6.2.3.2. Special Considerations0m The Dialog widget automatically sets the 1mtop 22mand 1mbottom0m resources for all Children that are subclasses of the Com- mand widget, as well as the widget children that are used to contain the 1mlabel22m, 1mvalue22m, and 1micon22m. This policy allows the buttons at the bottom of the Dialog to interact correctly with the predefined children, and makes it possible for a client to simply create and manage a new Command button without having to specify its constraints. The Dialog will also set 1mfromLeft 22mto the last button in the Dialog for each new button added to the Dialog widget. 1m1750m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m The automatically added constraints cannot be overridden, as they are policy decisions of the Dialog widget. If a more flexible Dialog is desired, the application is free to use the Form widget to create its own Dialog policy. 1m6.2.4. Automatically Created Children.0m The Dialog uses Label widgets to contain the 1mlabel 22mand 1micon22m. These widgets are named 4mlabel24m and 4micon24m respectively. The Dialog 1mvalue 22mis contained in an AsciiText widget whose name is 4mvalue24m. Using 1mXtNameToWidget 22mthe application can change those resources associated with each of these widgets that are not available through the Dialog widget itself. 1m6.2.5. Convenience Routines0m To return the character string in the text field, use 4mXawDi-0m 4malogGetValueString24m. String XawDialogGetValueString(4mw24m) Widget 4mw24m; 4mw24m Specifies the Dialog widget. This function returns a copy of the value string of the Dia- log widget. This string is allocated by the AsciiText wid- get and will remain valid and unchanged until another call to 1mXawDialogGetValueString 22mor an 1mXtGetValues 22mcall on the 1mvalue 22mwidget, when the string will be automatically freed, and a new string is returned. This string may be freed ear- lier by calling the function 1mXawAsciiSourceFreeString22m. To add a new button to the Dialog widget use 1mXawDialogAd-0m 1mdButton22m. void XawDialogAddButton(4mw24m, 4mname24m, 4mfunc24m, 4mclient_data24m) Widget 4mw24m; String 4mname24m; XtCallbackProc 4mfunc24m; XtPointer 4mclient_data24m; 4mw24m Specifies the Dialog widget. 4mname24m Specifies the name of the new Command button to be added to the Dialog. 4mfunc24m Specifies a callback function to be called when this button is activated. If NULL is specified then no callback is added. 1m1760m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m 4mclient_data0m Specifies the client_data to be passed to the 4mfunc24m. This function is merely a shorthand for the code sequence: { Widget button = XtCreateManagedWidget(name, commandWidgetClass, w, NULL, ZERO); XtAddCallback(button, XtNcallback, func, client_data); } 1m6.3. Form Widget0m Application Header file Class Header file Class formWidgetClass Class Name Form Superclass Constraint The Form widget can contain an arbitrary number of children or subwidgets. The Form provides geometry management for its children, which allows individual control of the posi- tion of each child. Any combination of children can be added to a Form. The initial positions of the children may be computed relative to the positions of previously created children. When the Form is resized, it computes new posi- tions and sizes for its children. This computation is based upon information provided when a child is added to the Form. The default width of the Form is the minimum width needed to enclose the children after computing their initial layout, with a margin of 1mdefaultDistance 22mat the right and bottom edges. If a width and height is assigned to the Form that is too small for the layout, the children will be clipped by the right and bottom edges of the Form. 1m6.3.1. Resources0m When creating a Form widget instance, the following resources are retrieved from the argument list or from the resource database: 1m1770m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1mName Class Type NotesDefault Value0m -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- accelerators Accelerators AcceleratorTable NULL ancestorSensitiveAncestorSensitiveBoolean D True background Background Pixel XtDefaultBackground backgroundPixmap Pixmap Pixmap XtUnspecifiedPixmap borderColor BorderColor Pixel XtDefaultForeground borderPixmap Pixmap Pixmap XtUnspecifiedPixmap borderWidth BorderWidth Dimension 1 children ReadOnly WidgetList R NULL colormap Colormap Colormap Parent's Colormap defaultDistance Thickness int 4 depth Depth int C Parent's Depth destroyCallback Callback XtCallbackList NULL height Height Dimension A Enough space to contain all children mappedWhenManagedMappedWhenManagedBoolean True numChildren ReadOnly Cardinal R 0 screen Screen Screen R Parent's Screen sensitive Sensitive Boolean True translations Translations TranslationTable NULL width Width Dimension A Enough space to contain all children x Position Position 0 y Position Position 0 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- accelerators A list of event to action bindings to be exe- cuted by this widget, even though the event occurred in another widget. (See the 4mX24m 4mTool-0m 4mkit24m 4mIntrinsics24m 4m--24m 4mC24m 4mLanguage24m 4mInterface24m for details). ancestorSensitive The sensitivity state of the ancestors of this widget. A widget is insensitive if either it or any of its ancestors is insensi- tive. This resource should not be changed with 1mXtSetValues22m, although it may be queried. background A pixel value which indexes the widget's col- ormap to derive the background color of the widget's window. backgroundPixmap The background pixmap of this widget's win- dow. If this resource is set to anything other than 1mXtUnspecifiedPixmap22m, the pixmap specified will be used instead of the back- ground color. borderColor A pixel value which indexes the widget's col- ormap to derive the border color of the wid- get's window. 1m1780m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m borderPixmap The border pixmap of this widget's window. If this resource is set to anything other than 1mXtUnspecifiedPixmap22m, the pixmap speci- fied will be used instead of the border color. borderWidth The width of this widget's window border. children A list of all this composite widget's current children. colormap The colormap that this widget will use. 1mdefaultDistance0m The default internal spacing for the chil- dren. This is the default value for the con- straint resources 1mhorizDistance 22mand 1mvertDis-0m 1mtance22m. depth The depth of this widget's window. destroyCallback All functions on this list are called when this widget is destroyed. height width The height and width of this widget in pix- els. mappedWhenManaged If this resource is 1mTrue22m, then the widget's window will automatically be mapped by the Toolkit when it is realized and managed. numChildren The number of children in this composite wid- get. screen The screen on which this widget is displayed. This is not a settable resource. sensitive Whether or not the toolkit should pass user events to this widget. The widget will not get input events if either 1mancestorSensitive0m or 1msensitive 22mis 1mFalse22m. translations The event bindings associated with this wid- get. x y The location of the upper left outside corner of this widget in its parent. 1m1790m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m 1m6.3.2. Constraint Resources0m Each child of the Form widget may request special layout resources be applied to it. These 4mconstraint24m resources allow the Form widget's children to specify individual lay- out requirements. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1mName Class Type Notes Default Value0m ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- bottom Edge XawEdgeType XawRubber fromHoriz Widget Widget NULL (left edge of Form) fromVert Widget Widget NULL (top edge of Form) horizDistance Thickness int 1mdefaultDistance 22mresource left Edge XawEdgeType XawRubber resizable Boolean Boolean FALSE right Edge XawEdgeType XawRubber top Edge XawEdgeType XawRubber vertDistance Thickness int 1mdefaultDistance 22mresource ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1mbottom0m 1mleft0m 1mright0m 1mtop 22mWhat to do with this edge of the child when the parent is resized. This resource may be any 1medgeType22m. See 1mLayout Semantics 22mfor details. 1mfromHoriz0m 1mfromVert 22mWhich widget this child should be placed underneath (or to the right of). If a value of NULL is specified then this widget will be positioned relative to the edge of the par- ent. 1mhorizDistance0m 1mvertDistance 22mThe amount of space, in pixels, between this child and its left or upper neighbor. 1mresizable 22mIf this resource is 1mFalse 22mthen the parent widget will ignore all geometry request made by this child. The parent may still resize this child itself, however. 1m6.3.3. Layout Semantics0m The Form widget uses two different sets of layout semantics. One is used when initially laying out the children. The other is used when the Form is resized. 1m1800m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m The first layout method uses the 1mfromVert 22mand 1mfromHoriz0m resources to place the children of the Form. A single pass is made through the Form widget's children in the order that they were created. Each child is then placed in the Form widget below or to the right of the widget specified by the 1mfromVert 22mand 1mfromHoriz 22mresources. The distance the new child is placed from its left or upper neighbor is deter- mined by the 1mhorizDistance 22mand 1mvertDistance 22mresources. This implies some things about how the order of creation affects the possible placement of the children. The Form widget registers a string to widget converter which does not post- pone conversion and does not cache conversion results. The second layout method is used when the Form is resized. It does not matter what causes this resize, and it is possi- ble for a resize to happen before the widget becomes visible (due to constraints imposed by the parent of the Form). This layout method uses the 1mbottom22m, 1mtop22m, 1mleft22m, and 1mright0m resources. These resources are used to determine what will happen to each edge of the child when the Form is resized. If a value of 1mXawChain4m22m24m is specified, the the edge of the child will remain a fixed distance from the 4mchain0m edge of the Form. For example if 1mXawChainLeft 22mis specified for the 1mright 22mresource of a child then the right edge of that child will remain a fixed distance from the left edge of the Form widget. If a value of 1mXawRubber 22mis specified, that edge will grow by the same percentage that the Form grew. For instance if the Form grows by 50% the left edge of the child (if specified as 1mXawRubber 22mwill be 50% farther from the left edge of the Form). One must be very careful when specifying these resources, for when they are specified incorrectly children may overlap or completely occlude other children when the Form widget is resized. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1mEdge Type Resource Name Description0m ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ XawChainBottom ChainBottom Edge remains a fixed distance from bottom of Form XawChainLeft ChainLeft Edge remains a fixed distance from left of Form XawChainRight ChainRight Edge remains a fixed distance from right of Form XawChainTop ChainTop Edge remains a fixed distance from top of Form XawRubber Rubber Edges will move a proportional distance ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1m6.3.3.1. Example0m If you wish to force the Form to never resize one or more of its children, then set 1mleft 22mand 1mright 22mto 1mXawChainLeft 22mand 1mtop 22mand 1mbottom 22mto 1mXawChainTop22m. This will cause the child to remain a fixed distance from the top and left edges of the Form, and never to resize. 1m1810m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m 1m6.3.4. Convenience Routines0m To force or defer a re-layout of the Form, use 4mXawFormDoLay-0m 4mout24m. void XawFormDoLayout(4mw24m, 4mdo_layout24m) Widget 4mw24m; Boolean 4mdo_layout24m; 4mw24m Specifies the Form widget. 4mdo_layout24m Specifies whether the layout of the Form widget is enabled (1mTrue22m) or disabled (1mFalse22m). When making several changes to the children of a Form widget after the Form has been realized, it is a good idea to dis- able relayout until after all changes have been made. 1m6.4. Paned Widget0m Application Header file Class Header file Class panedWidgetClass Class Name Paned Superclass Constraint The Paned widget manages children in a vertically or hori- zontally tiled fashion. The panes may be dynamically resized by the user by using the 4mgrips24m that appear near the right or bottom edge of the border between two panes. The Paned widget may accept any widget class as a pane 1mexcept 22mGrip. Grip widgets have a special meaning for the Paned widget, and adding a Grip as its own pane will confuse the Paned widget. 1m6.4.1. Using the Paned Widget0m The grips allow the panes to be resized by the user. The semantics of how these panes resize is somewhat complicated, and warrants further explanation here. When the mouse pointer is positioned on a grip and pressed, an arrow is displayed that indicates the pane that is to be to be resized. While keeping the mouse button down, the user can move the grip up and down (or left and right). This, in turn, changes the size of the pane. The size of the Paned widget will not change. Instead, it chooses another pane (or panes) to resize. For more details on which pane it 1m1820m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m chooses to resize, see 1mLayout Semantics22m. One pointer binding allows the border between two panes to be moved, without affecting any of the other panes. When this occurs the pointer will change to an arrow that points along the pane border. The default bindings for the Paned widget's grips are: ----------------------------------------------------------------------- 1mMouse button Pane to Resize - Vertical Pane to Resize - Horizontal0m ----------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 (left) above the grip left of the grip 2 (middle) adjust border adjust border 3 (right) below the grip right of the grip ----------------------------------------------------------------------- 1m6.4.2. Resources0m When creating a Paned widget instance, the following resources are retrieved from the argument list or the resource database: ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1mName Class Type NotesDefault Value0m ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ accelerators Accelerators AcceleratorTable NULL ancestorSensitive AncestorSensitiveBoolean D True background Background Pixel XtDefaultBackground backgroundPixmap Pixmap Pixmap XtUnspecifiedPixmap betweenCursor Cursor Cursor A Depends on orientation borderColor BorderColor Pixel XtDefaultForeground borderPixmap Pixmap Pixmap XtUnspecifiedPixmap borderWidth BorderWidth Dimension 1 children ReadOnly WidgetList R NULL colormap Colormap Colormap Parent's Colormap cursor Cursor Cursor None depth Depth int C Parent's Depth destroyCallback Callback XtCallbackList NULL gripCursor Cursor Cursor A Depends on orientation gripIndent GripIndent Position 10 gripTranslations Translations TranslationTable see below height Height Dimension A Depends on orientation horizontalBetweenCursorCursor Cursor sb_up_arrow horizontalGripCursor Cursor Cursor sb_h_double_arrow internalBorderColor BorderColor Pixel XtDefaultForeground internalBorderWidth BorderWidth Dimension 1 leftCursor Cursor Cursor sb_left_arrow lowerCursor Cursor Cursor sb_down_arrow mappedWhenManaged MappedWhenManagedBoolean True numChildren ReadOnly Cardinal R 0 1m1830m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1mName Class Type NotesDefault Value0m ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ orientation Orientation Orientation XtorientVertical refigureMode Boolean Boolean True rightCursor Cursor Cursor sb_right_arrow screen Screen Screen R Parent's Screen sensitive Sensitive Boolean True translations Translations TranslationTable NULL upperCursor Cursor Cursor sb_up_arrow verticalBetweenCursor Cursor Cursor sb_left_arrow verticalGripCursor Cursor Cursor sb_v_double_arrow width Width Dimension A Depends on orientation x Paned Position 0 y Paned Position 0 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ accelerators A list of event to action bindings to be exe- cuted by this widget, even though the event occurred in another widget. (See the 4mX24m 4mTool-0m 4mkit24m 4mIntrinsics24m 4m--24m 4mC24m 4mLanguage24m 4mInterface24m for details). ancestorSensitive The sensitivity state of the ancestors of this widget. A widget is insensitive if either it or any of its ancestors is insensi- tive. This resource should not be changed with 1mXtSetValues22m, although it may be queried. background A pixel value which indexes the widget's col- ormap to derive the background color of the widget's window. backgroundPixmap The background pixmap of this widget's win- dow. If this resource is set to anything other than 1mXtUnspecifiedPixmap22m, the pixmap specified will be used instead of the back- ground color. borderColor A pixel value which indexes the widget's col- ormap to derive the border color of the wid- get's window. borderPixmap The border pixmap of this widget's window. If this resource is set to anything other than 1mXtUnspecifiedPixmap22m, the pixmap speci- fied will be used instead of the border color. borderWidth The width of this widget's window border. 1m1840m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m children A list of all this composite widget's current children. colormap The colormap that this widget will use. 1mcursor 22mThe cursor to use when the mouse pointer is over the Paned widget, but not in any of its children (children may also inherit this cur- sor). It should be noted that the internal borders are actually part of the Paned wid- get, not the children. depth The depth of this widget's window. destroyCallback All functions on this list are called when this widget is destroyed. 1mgripCursor 22mThe cursor to use when the grips are not active. The default value is 1mvertical-0m 1mGripCursor 22mor 1mhorizontalGripCursor 22mdepending on the orientation of the Paned widget. 1mgripIndent 22mThe amount of space left between the right (or bottom) edge of the Paned widget and all the grips. 1mgripTranslation0m Translation table that will be applied to all grips. height width The height and width of this widget in pix- els. 1mhorizontalBetweenCursor0m 1mverticalBetweenCursor0m The cursor to be used for the grip when changing the boundary between two panes. These resources allow the cursors to be dif- ferent depending on the orientation of the Paned widget. 1mhorizontalGripCursor0m 1mverticalGripCursor0m The cursor to be used for the grips when they are not active. These resources allow the cursors to be different depending on the ori- entation of the Paned widget. 1minternalBorderColor0m A pixel value which indexes the widget's col- ormap to derive the internal border color of the widget's window. The class name of this 1m1850m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m resource allows 4mPaned*BorderColor:24m 4mblue24m to set the internal border color for the Paned widget. An optimization is invoked if 1minter-0m 1mnalBorderColor 22mand 1mbackground 22mare the same, and the internal borders are not drawn. 1minternalBorderWidth 22mis still left between the panes, however. 1minternalBorderWidth0m The width of the internal borders. This is the amount of space left between the panes. The class name of this resource allows 4mPaned*BorderWidth:24m 4m324m to set the internal bor- der width for the Paned widget. 1mleftCursor0m 1mrightCursor 22mThe cursor used to indicate which is the 4mimportant24m pane to resize when the Paned wid- get is oriented horizontally. 1mlowerCursor0m 1mupperCursor 22mThe cursor used to indicate which is the 4mimportant24m pane to resize when the Paned wid- get is oriented vertically. mappedWhenManaged If this resource is 1mTrue22m, then the widget's window will automatically be mapped by the Toolkit when it is realized and managed. numChildren The number of children in this composite wid- get. This is not the same as the number of panes, since this also contains a grip for some of the panes, use 1mXawPanedGetNumSub 22mto retrieve the number of panes. 1morientation 22mThe orientation to stack the panes. This value can be either 1mXtorientVertical 22mor 1mXto-0m 1mrientHorizontal22m. A converter is registered for this resource that will convert the fol- lowing strings: 1mvertical 22mand 1mhorizontal22m. 1mrefigureMode 22mThis resource allows pane layout to be sus- pended. If this value is 1mFalse22m, then no lay- out actions will be taken. This may improve efficiency when adding or removing more than one pane from the Paned widget. screen The screen on which this widget is displayed. This is not a settable resource. sensitive Whether or not the toolkit should pass user events to this widget. The widget will not get input events if either 1mancestorSensitive0m 1m1860m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m or 1msensitive 22mis 1mFalse22m. translations The event bindings associated with this wid- get. x y The location of the upper left outside corner of this widget in its parent. 1m6.4.3. Constraint Resources0m Each child of the Paned widget may request special layout resources be applied to it. These 4mconstraint24m resources allow the Paned widget's children to specify individual lay- out requirements. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1mName Class Type Notes Default Value0m ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- allowResize Boolean Boolean False max Max Dimension Infinity min Min Dimension Height of Grips preferredPaneSize PreferredPaneSize Dimension ask child resizeToPreferred Boolean Boolean False showGrip ShowGrip Boolean True skipAdjust Boolean Boolean False ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1mallowResize 22mIf this value is 1mFalse 22mthe the Paned widget will disallow all geometry requests from this child. 1mmax0m 1mmin 22mThe absolute maximum or minimum size for this pane. These values will never be overridden by the Paned widget. This may cause some panes to be pushed off the bottom (or right) edge of the paned widget. 1mpreferredPaneSize0m Normally the paned widget makes a QueryGeome- try call on a child to determine the pre- ferred size of the child's pane. There are times when the application programmer or the user has a better idea of the preferred size of a pane. Setting this resource causes the value passed to be interpreted as the pre- ferred size, in pixels, of this pane. 1mresizeToPreferred0m Determines whether or not to resize each pane to its preferred size when the Paned widget 1m1870m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m is resized. See 1mLayout Semantics 22mfor details. 1mshowGrip 22mIf 1mTrue 22mthen a grip will be shown for this pane. The grip associated with a pane is either below or to the right of the pane. No grip is ever shown for the last pane. 1mskipAdjust 22mThis resource is used to determine which pane is forced to be resized. Setting this value to 1mTrue 22mmakes this pane less likely to be forced to be resized. See 1mLayout Semantics0m for details. 1m6.4.4. Layout Semantics0m In order to make effective use of the Paned widget it is helpful to know the rules it uses to determine which child will be resized in any given situation. There are three rules used to determine which child is resized. While these rules are always the same, the panes that are searched can change depending upon what caused the relayout. 1mLayout Rules0m 1m1 22mDo not let a pane grow larger than its 1mmax 22mor smaller than its 1mmin22m. 1m2 22mDo not adjust panes with 1mskipAdjust 22mset. 1m3 22mDo not adjust panes away from their preferred size, although moving one closer to its preferred size is fine. When searching the children the Paned widget looks for panes that satisfy all the rules, and if unsuccessful then it eliminates rule 3 and then 2. Rule 1 is always enforced. If the relayout is due to a resize or change in management then the panes are searched from bottom to top. If the relayout is due to grip movement then they are searched from the grip selected in the direction opposite the pane selected. 1m6.4.4.1. Resizing Panes from a Grip Action0m The pane above the grip is resized by invoking the Gri- pAction with 1mUpLeftPane 22mspecified. The panes below the grip are each checked against all rules, then rules 2 and 1 and finally against rule 1 only. No pane above the chosen pane will ever be resized. 1m1880m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m The pane below the grip is resized by invoking the Gri- pAction with 1mLowRightPane 22mspecified. The panes above the grip are each checked in this case. No pane below the cho- sen pane will ever be resized. Invoking GripAction with 1mThisBorderOnly 22mspecified just moves the border between the panes. No other panes are ever resized. 1m6.4.4.2. Resizing Panes after the Paned widget is resized.0m When the Pane widget is resized it must determine a new size for each pane. There are two methods of doing this. The Paned widget can either give each pane its preferred size and then resize the panes to fit, or it can use the current sizes and then resize the panes to fit. The 1mresizeToPre-0m 1mferred 22mresource allows the application to tell the Paned widget whether to query the child about its preferred size (subject to the the 1mpreferredPaneSize22m) or to use the current size when refiguring the pane locations after the pane has been resized. There is one special case. All panes assume they should resize to their preferred size until the Paned widget becomes visible to the user. 1m6.4.4.3. Managing Children and Geometry Management0m The Paned widget always resizes its children to their pre- ferred sizes when a new child is managed, or a geometry man- agement request is honored. The Paned widget will first attempt to resize itself to contain its panes exactly. If this is not possible then it will hunt through the children, from bottom to top (right to left), for a pane to resize. 1m6.4.4.4. Special Considerations0m When a user resizes a pane with the grips, the Paned widget assumes that this new size is the preferred size of the pane. 1m6.4.5. Grip Translations0m The Paned widget has no action routines of its own, as all actions are handled through the grips. The grips are each assigned a default Translation table. : GripAction(Start, UpLeftPane) : GripAction(Start, ThisBorderOnly) : GripAction(Start, LowRightPane) : GripAction(Move, UpLeftPane) : GripAction(Move, ThisBorderOnly) 1m1890m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m : GripAction(Move, LowRightPane) Any: GripAction(Commit) The Paned widget interprets the 1mGripAction 22mas taking two arguments. The first argument may be any of the following: 1mStart 22mSets up the Paned widget for resizing and changes the cursor of the grip. The second argument determines which pane will be resized, and can take on any of the three values shown above. 1mMove 22mThe internal borders are drawn over the current pane locations to animate where the borders would actually be placed if you were to move this border as shown. The second argument must match the sec- ond argument that was passed to the 1mStart 22maction, that began this process. If these arguments are not passed, the behavior is undefined. 1mCommit 22mThis argument causes the Paned widget to commit the changes selected by the previously started action. The cursor is changed back to the grip's inactive cursor. No second argument is needed in this case. 1m6.4.6. Convenience Routines0m To enable or disable a child's request for pane resizing, use 4mXawPanedAllowResize24m: void XawPanedAllowResize(4mw24m, 4mallow_resize24m) Widget 4mw24m; Boolean 4mallow_resize24m; 4mw24m Specifies the child pane. 4mallow_resize0m Specifies whether or not resizing requests for this child will be granted by the Paned widget. If allow_resize is 1mTrue22m, the Paned widget allows geometry requests from the child to change the pane's height. If allow_resize is 1mFalse22m, the Paned widget ignores geometry requests from the child to change the pane's height. The default state is 1mTrue 22mbefore the Pane is realized and 1mFalse0m after it is realized. This procedure is equivalent to changing the 1mallowResize 22mconstraint resource for the child. To change the minimum and maximum height settings for a pane, use 4mXawPanedSetMinMax24m: 1m1900m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m void XawPanedSetMinMax(4mw24m, 4mmin24m, 4mmax24m) Widget 4mw24m; int 4mmin24m, 4mmax24m; 4mw24m Specifies the child pane. 4mmin24m Specifies the new minimum height of the child, expressed in pixels. 4mmax24m Specifies new maximum height of the child, expressed in pixels. This procedure is equivalent to setting the 1mmin 22mand 1mmax 22mcon- straint resources for the child. To retrieve the minimum and maximum height settings for a pane, use 4mXawPanedGetMinMax24m: void XawPanedGetMinMax(4mw24m, 4mmin_return24m, 4mmax_return24m) Widget 4mw24m; int 4m*min_return24m, 4m*max_return24m; 4mw24m Specifies the child pane. 4mmin_return0m Returns the minimum height of the child, expressed in pixels. 4mmax_return0m Returns the maximum height of the child, expressed in pixels. This procedure is equivalent to getting the 1mmin 22mand 1mmax0m resources for this child child. To enable or disable automatic recalculation of pane sizes and positions, use 4mXawPanedSetRefigureMode24m: void XawPanedSetRefigureMode(4mw24m, 4mmode24m) Widget 4mw24m; Boolean 4mmode24m; 4mw24m Specifies the Paned widget. 4mmode24m Specifies whether the layout of the Paned widget is enabled (1mTrue22m) or disabled (1mFalse22m). When making several changes to the children of a Paned wid- get after the Paned has been realized, it is a good idea to 1m1910m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m disable relayout until after all changes have been made. To retrieve the number of panes in a paned widget use 1mXaw-0m 1mPanedGetNumSub22m: int XawPanedGetNumSub(4mw24m) Widget 4mw24m; 4mw24m Specifies the Paned widget. This function returns the number of panes in the Paned wid- get. This is 1mnot 22mthe same as the number of children, since the grips are also children of the Paned widget. 1m6.5. Porthole Widget0m Application Header file Class Header file Class portholeWidgetClass Class Name Porthole Superclass Composite The Porthole widget provides geometry management of a list of arbitrary widgets, only one of which may be managed at any particular time. The managed child widget is reparented within the porthole and is moved around by the application (typically under the control of a Panner widget). 1m6.5.1. Resources0m When creating a Porthole widget instance, the following resources are retrieved from the argument list or from the resource database: ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1mName Class Type NotesDefault Value0m ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- accelerators Accelerators AcceleratorTable NULL ancestorSensitiveAncestorSensitiveBoolean D True background Background Pixel XtDefaultBackground backgroundPixmap Pixmap Pixmap XtUnspecifiedPixmap borderColor BorderColor Pixel XtDefaultForeground borderPixmap Pixmap Pixmap XtUnspecifiedPixmap borderWidth BorderWidth Dimension 1 children ReadOnly WidgetList R NULL colormap Colormap Colormap Parent's Colormap 1m1920m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1mName Class Type NotesDefault Value0m ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- depth Depth int C Parent's Depth destroyCallback Callback XtCallbackList NULL height Height Dimension A see 1mLayout Semantics0m mappedWhenManagedMappedWhenManagedBoolean True numChildren ReadOnly Cardinal R 0 reportCallback ReportCallback Callback NULL screen Screen Screen R Parent's Screen sensitive Sensitive Boolean True translations Translations TranslationTable NULL width Width Dimension A see 1mLayout Semantics0m x Position Position 0 y Position Position 0 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- accelerators A list of event to action bindings to be exe- cuted by this widget, even though the event occurred in another widget. (See the 4mX24m 4mTool-0m 4mkit24m 4mIntrinsics24m 4m--24m 4mC24m 4mLanguage24m 4mInterface24m for details). ancestorSensitive The sensitivity state of the ancestors of this widget. A widget is insensitive if either it or any of its ancestors is insensi- tive. This resource should not be changed with 1mXtSetValues22m, although it may be queried. background A pixel value which indexes the widget's col- ormap to derive the background color of the widget's window. backgroundPixmap The background pixmap of this widget's win- dow. If this resource is set to anything other than 1mXtUnspecifiedPixmap22m, the pixmap specified will be used instead of the back- ground color. borderColor A pixel value which indexes the widget's col- ormap to derive the border color of the wid- get's window. borderPixmap The border pixmap of this widget's window. If this resource is set to anything other than 1mXtUnspecifiedPixmap22m, the pixmap speci- fied will be used instead of the border color. borderWidth The width of this widget's window border. 1m1930m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m children A list of all this composite widget's current children. colormap The colormap that this widget will use. depth The depth of this widget's window. destroyCallback All functions on this list are called when this widget is destroyed. height width The height and width of this widget in pix- els. mappedWhenManaged If this resource is 1mTrue22m, then the widget's window will automatically be mapped by the Toolkit when it is realized and managed. numChildren The number of children in this composite wid- get. 1mreportCallback 22mA list of functions to invoke whenever the managed child widget changes size or posi- tion. screen The screen on which this widget is displayed. This is not a settable resource. sensitive Whether or not the toolkit should pass user events to this widget. The widget will not get input events if either 1mancestorSensitive0m or 1msensitive 22mis 1mFalse22m. translations The event bindings associated with this wid- get. x y The location of the upper left outside corner of this widget in its parent. 1m6.5.2. Layout Semantics0m The Porthole widget allows its managed child to request any size that is as large or larger than the Porthole itself and any location so long as the child still obscures all of the Porthole. This widget typically is used with a Panner wid- get. 1m6.5.3. Porthole Callbacks0m The functions registered on the 1mreportCallback 22mlist are invoked whenever the managed child changes size or position: 1m1940m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m void ReportProc(4mporthole24m, 4mclient_data24m, 4mreport24m) Widget 4mporthole24m; XtPointer 4mclient_data24m; XtPointer 4mreport24m; /* (XawPannerReport *) */ 4mporthole24m Specifies the Porthole widget. 4mclient_data0m Specifies the client data. 4mreport24m Specifies a pointer to an 1mXawPannerReport 22mstruc- ture containing the location and size of the slider and the size of the canvas. 1m6.6. Tree Widget0m Application Header file Class Header file Class treeWidgetClass Class Name Tree Superclass Constraint The Tree widget provides geometry management of arbitrary widgets arranged in a directed, acyclic graph (i.e., a tree). The hierarchy is constructed by attaching a con- straint resource called 1mtreeParent 22mto each widget indicating which other node in the tree should be treated as the wid- get's superior. The structure of the tree is shown by lay- ing out the nodes in the standard format for tree diagrams with lines drawn connecting each node with its children. The Tree sizes itself according to the needs of its children and is not intended to be resized by its parent. Instead, it should be placed inside another composite widget (such as the 1mPorthole 22mor 1mViewport22m) that can be used to scroll around in the tree. 1m6.6.1. Resources0m When creating a Tree widget instance, the following resources are retrieved from the argument list or from the resource database: 1m1950m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1mName Class Type NotesDefault Value0m ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- accelerators Accelerators AcceleratorTable NULL ancestorSensitiveAncestorSensitiveBoolean D True autoReconfigure AutoReconfigure Boolean False background Background Pixel XtDefaultBackground backgroundPixmap Pixmap Pixmap XtUnspecifiedPixmap borderColor BorderColor Pixel XtDefaultForeground borderPixmap Pixmap Pixmap XtUnspecifiedPixmap borderWidth BorderWidth Dimension 1 children ReadOnly WidgetList R NULL colormap Colormap Colormap Parent's Colormap depth Depth int C Parent's Depth destroyCallback Callback XtCallbackList NULL foreground Foreground Pixel XtDefaultForeground gravity Gravity XtGravity WestGravity height Height Dimension A see 1mLayout Semantics0m hSpace HSpace Dimension 4 lineWidth LineWidth Dimension 0 mappedWhenManagedMappedWhenManagedBoolean True numChildren ReadOnly Cardinal R 0 screen Screen Screen R Parent's Screen sensitive Sensitive Boolean True vSpace VSpace Dimension 4 translations Translations TranslationTable NULL width Width Dimension A see 1mLayout Semantics0m x Position Position 0 y Position Position 0 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1mautoReconfigure0m Whether or not to layout the tree every time a node is added or removed. background A pixel value which indexes the widget's col- ormap to derive the background color of the widget's window. backgroundPixmap The background pixmap of this widget's win- dow. If this resource is set to anything other than 1mXtUnspecifiedPixmap22m, the pixmap specified will be used instead of the back- ground color. borderColor A pixel value which indexes the widget's col- ormap to derive the border color of the wid- get's window. borderPixmap The border pixmap of this widget's window. If this resource is set to anything other than 1mXtUnspecifiedPixmap22m, the pixmap 1m1960m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m specified will be used instead of the border color. borderWidth The width of this widget's window border. children A list of all this composite widget's current children. colormap The colormap that this widget will use. depth The depth of this widget's window. destroyCallback All functions on this list are called when this widget is destroyed. foreground A pixel value which indexes the widget's col- ormap to derive the foreground color of the widget's window. This color is also used to render all 1's in a 1mbitmap 22mone plane deep. 1mgravity 22mSpecifies the side of the widget from which the tree should grow. Valid values include 1mWestGravity22m, 1mNorthGravity22m, 1mEastGravity22m, and 1mSouthGravity22m. A converter is registered for this resource that will convert the following strings: the legal values. height width The height and width of this widget in pix- els. 1mhSpace0m 1mvSpace 22mThe amount of space, in pixels, to leave between the children. This resource speci- fies the amount of space left between the outermost children and the edge of the box. 1mlineWidth 22mThe width of the lines from nodes that do not have a 1mtreeGC 22mconstraint resource to their children. mappedWhenManaged If this resource is 1mTrue22m, then the widget's window will automatically be mapped by the Toolkit when it is realized and managed. numChildren The number of children in this composite wid- get. screen The screen on which this widget is displayed. This is not a settable resource. 1m1970m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m sensitive Whether or not the toolkit should pass user events to this widget. The widget will not get input events if either 1mancestorSensitive0m or 1msensitive 22mis 1mFalse22m. translations The event bindings associated with this wid- get. x y The location of the upper left outside corner of this widget in its parent. 1m6.6.2. Constraint Resources0m Each child of the Tree widget must specify its superior node in the tree. In addition, it may specify a GC to use when drawing a line between it and its inferior nodes. -------------------------------------------------------------------- 1mName Class Type Notes Default Value0m -------------------------------------------------------------------- treeGC TreeGC GC NULL treeParent TreeParent Widget NULL -------------------------------------------------------------------- 1mtreeGC 22mThis specifies the GC to use when drawing lines between this widget and its inferiors in the tree. If this resource is not speci- fied, the Tree's 1mforeground 22mand 1mlineWidth0m will be used. 1mtreeParent 22mThis specifies the superior node in the tree for this widget. The default is for the node to have no superior (and to therefore be at the top of the tree). 1m6.6.3. Layout Semantics0m Each time a child is managed or unmanaged, the Tree widget will attempt to reposition the remaining children to fix the shape of the tree if the 1mautoReconfigure 22mresource is set. Children at the top (most superior) of the tree are drawn at the side specified by the 1mgravity 22mresource. After positioning all children, the Tree widget attempts to shrink its own size to the minimum dimensions required for the layout. 1m6.6.4. Convenience Routines0m The most efficient way to layout a tree is to set 1mautoRecon-0m 1mfigure 22mto False and then use the 1mXawTreeForceLayout 22mroutine to arrange the children. 1m1980m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m void XawTreeForceLayout(4mw24m) Widget 4mw24m; 4mw24m Specifies the Tree widget. 1m6.7. Viewport Widget0m Application Header file Class Header file Class viewportWidgetClass Class Name Viewport Superclass Form The Viewport widget consists of a frame window, one or two Scrollbars, and an inner window. The size of the frame win- dow is determined by the viewing size of the data that is to be displayed and the dimensions to which the Viewport is created. The inner window is the full size of the data that is to be displayed and is clipped by the frame window. The Viewport widget controls the scrolling of the data directly. No application callbacks are required for scrolling. When the geometry of the frame window is equal in size to the inner window, or when the data does not require scrolling, the Viewport widget automatically removes any scrollbars. The 1mforceBars 22moption causes the Viewport widget to display all scrollbars permanently. 1m6.7.1. Resources0m When creating a Viewport widget instance, the following resources are retrieved from the argument list or the resource database: ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1mName Class Type NotesDefault Value0m ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- accelerators Accelerators AcceleratorTable NULL allowHoriz Boolean Boolean False allowVert Boolean Boolean False ancestorSensitiveAncestorSensitiveBoolean D True background Background Pixel XtDefaultBackground backgroundPixmap Pixmap Pixmap XtUnspecifiedPixmap borderColor BorderColor Pixel XtDefaultForeground borderPixmap Pixmap Pixmap XtUnspecifiedPixmap borderWidth BorderWidth Dimension 1 children ReadOnly WidgetList R NULL 1m1990m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1mName Class Type NotesDefault Value0m ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- colormap Colormap Colormap Parent's Colormap depth Depth int C Parent's Depth destroyCallback Callback XtCallbackList NULL forceBars Boolean Boolean False height Height Dimension height of the child mappedWhenManagedMappedWhenManagedBoolean True numChildren ReadOnly Cardinal R 0 reportCallback ReportCallback XtCallbackList NULL screen Screen Screen R Parent's Screen sensitive Sensitive Boolean True translations Translations TranslationTable NULL useBottom Boolean Boolean False useRight Boolean Boolean False width Width Dimension width of the child x Position Position 0 y Position Position 0 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- accelerators A list of event to action bindings to be exe- cuted by this widget, even though the event occurred in another widget. (See the 4mX24m 4mTool-0m 4mkit24m 4mIntrinsics24m 4m--24m 4mC24m 4mLanguage24m 4mInterface24m for details). 1mallowHoriz0m 1mallowVert 22mIf these resources are 1mFalse 22mthen the View- port will never create a scrollbar in this direction. If it is 1mTrue 22mthen the scrollbar will only appear when it is needed, unless 1mforceBars 22mis 1mTrue22m. ancestorSensitive The sensitivity state of the ancestors of this widget. A widget is insensitive if either it or any of its ancestors is insensi- tive. This resource should not be changed with 1mXtSetValues22m, although it may be queried. background A pixel value which indexes the widget's col- ormap to derive the background color of the widget's window. backgroundPixmap The background pixmap of this widget's win- dow. If this resource is set to anything other than 1mXtUnspecifiedPixmap22m, the pixmap specified will be used instead of the back- ground color. 1m2000m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m borderColor A pixel value which indexes the widget's col- ormap to derive the border color of the wid- get's window. borderPixmap The border pixmap of this widget's window. If this resource is set to anything other than 1mXtUnspecifiedPixmap22m, the pixmap speci- fied will be used instead of the border color. borderWidth The width of this widget's window border. children A list of all this composite widget's current children. colormap The colormap that this widget will use. depth The depth of this widget's window. destroyCallback All functions on this list are called when this widget is destroyed. 1mforceBars 22mWhen 1mTrue 22mthe scrollbars that have been 4mallowed24m will always be visible on the screen. If 1mFalse 22mthe scrollbars will be visible only when the inner window is larger than the frame. height width The height and width of this widget in pix- els. mappedWhenManaged If this resource is 1mTrue22m, then the widget's window will automatically be mapped by the Toolkit when it is realized and managed. numChildren The number of children in this composite wid- get. 1mreportCallback 22mThese callbacks will be executed whenever the Viewport adjusts the viewed area of the child. The call_data parameter is a pointer to an XawPannerReport structure. screen The screen on which this widget is displayed. This is not a settable resource. sensitive Whether or not the toolkit should pass user events to this widget. The widget will not get input events if either 1mancestorSensitive0m or 1msensitive 22mis 1mFalse22m. 1m2010m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m translations The event bindings associated with this wid- get. 1museBottom0m 1museRight 22mBy default the scrollbars appear on the left and top of the screen. These resources allow the vertical scrollbar to be placed on the right edge of the Viewport, and the horizon- tal scrollbar on the bottom edge of the View- port. x y The location of the upper left outside corner of this widget in its parent. 1m6.7.2. Layout Semantics0m The Viewport widget manages a single child widget. When the size of the child is larger than the size of the Viewport, the user can interactively move the child within the View- port by repositioning the scrollbars. The default size of the Viewport before it is realized is the width and/or height of the child. After it is realized, the Viewport will allow its child to grow vertically or hor- izontally if 1mallowVert 22mor 1mallowHoriz 22mare set, respectively. If the corresponding vertical or horizontal scrollbar is not enabled, the Viewport will propagate the geometry request to its own parent and the child will be allowed to change size only if the Viewport's parent allows it. Regardless of whether or not scrollbars are enabled in the corresponding direction, if the child requests a new size smaller than the Viewport size, the change will be allowed only if the parent of the Viewport allows the Viewport to shrink to the appro- priate dimension. The scrollbar children of the Viewport are named 1mhorizontal0m and 1mvertical22m. By using these names the programmer can spec- ify resources for the individual scrollbars. 1mXtSetValues0m can be used to modify the resources dynamically once the widget ID has been obtained with 1mXtNameToWidget22m. Note Although the Viewport is a Subclass of the Form, no resources for the Form may be supplied for any of the children of the Viewport. These con- straints are managed internally and are not meant for public consumption. 1m2020m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m 1mChapter 70m 1mCreating New Widgets (Subclassing)0m Written By: Ralph Swick Although the task of creating a new widget may at first appear a little daunting, there is a basic simple pattern that all widgets follow. The Athena Widget library contains a special widget called the 4mTemplate24m widget that is intended to assist the novice widget programmer in writing a custom widget. Reasons for wishing to write a custom widget include: · Providing a graphical interface not currently supported by any existing widget set. · Convenient access to resource management procedures to obtain fonts, colors, etc., even if user customization is not desired. · Convenient access to user input dispatch and translation management procedures. · Access to callback mechanism for building higher-level application libraries. · Customizing the interface or behavior of an existing wid- get to suit a special application need. · Desire to allow user customization of resources such as fonts, colors, etc., or to allow convenient re-binding of keys and buttons to internal functions. · Converting a non-Toolkit application to use the Toolkit. In each of these cases, the operation needed to create a new widget is to "subclass" an existing one. If the desired semantics of the new widget are similar to an existing one, then the implementation of the existing widget should be examined to see how much work would be required to create a subclass that will then be able to share the existing class methods. Much time will be saved in writing the new widget if an existing widget class Expose, Resize and/or Geometry- Manager method can be used by the subclass. Note that some trivial uses of a ``bare-bones'' widget may be achieved by simply creating an instance of the Core 1m2030m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m widget. The class variable to use when creating a Core wid- get is 4mwidgetClass24m. The geometry of the Core widget is determined entirely by the parent widget. It is very often the case than an application will have a special need for a certain set of functions and that many copies of these functions will be needed. For example, when converting an older application to use the Toolkit, it may be desirable to have a "Window Widget" class that might have the following semantics: · Allocate 2 drawing colors in addition to a background color. · Allocate a text font. · Execute an application-supplied function to handle expo- sure events. · Execute an application-supplied function to handle user input events. It is obvious that a completely general-purpose WindowWid- getClass could be constructed that would export all class methods as callbacks lists, but such a widget would be very large and would have to choose some arbitrary number of resources such as colors to allocate. An application that used many instances of the general-purpose widget would therefore un-necessarily waste many resources. In this section, an outline will be given of the procedure to follow to construct a special-purpose widget to address the items listed above. The reader should refer to the appropriate sections of the 4mX24m 4mToolkit24m 4mIntrinsics24m 4m--24m 4mC24m 4mLan-0m 4mguage24m 4mInterface24m for complete details of the material out- lined here. Section 1.4 of the 4mIntrinsics24m should be read in conjunction with this section. All Athena widgets have three separate files associated with them: · A "public" header file containing declarations needed by applications programmers · A "private" header file containing additional declara- tions needed by the widget and any subclasses · A source code file containing the implementation of the widget This separation of functions into three files is suggested for all widgets, but nothing in the Toolkit actually 1m2040m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m requires this format. In particular, a private widget cre- ated for a single application may easily combine the "pub- lic" and "private" header files into a single file, or merge the contents into another application header file. Simi- larly, the widget implementation can be merged into other application code. In the following example, the public header file <4mX11/Xaw/Template.h24m>, the private header file <4mX11/Xaw/Tem-0m 4mplateP.h24m> and the source code file <4mX11/Xaw/Template.c24m> will be modified to produce the "WindowWidget" described above. In each case, the files have been designed so that a global string replacement of ``Template'' and ``template'' with the name of your new widget, using the appropriate case, can be done. 1m7.1. Public Header File0m The public header file contains declarations that will be required by any application module that needs to refer to the widget; whether to create an instance of the class, to perform an 4mXtSetValues24m operation, or to call a public rou- tine implemented by the widget class. The contents of the Template public header file, <4mX11/Xaw/Template.h24m>, are: /* Copyright 1987, 1998 The Open Group Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation. The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group. */ 1m2050m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m /* $XFree86: xc/doc/specs/Xaw/Template,v 1.3 2006/01/09 14:56:30 dawes Exp $ */ #ifndef _Template_h #define _Template_h #include /**************************************************************** * * Template widget * ****************************************************************/ /* Resources: Name Class RepTypeDefault Value ---- ----- -------------------- background Background PixelXtDefaultBackground border BorderColorPixelXtDefaultForeground borderWidth BorderWidth Dimension1 destroyCallback Callback PointerNULL height HeightDimension0 mappedWhenManaged MappedWhenManagedBooleanTrue sensitive Sensitive BooleanTrue width Width Dimension0 x PositionPosition0 y PositionPosition0 */ /* define any special resource names here that are not in */ #define XtNtemplateResource "templateResource" #define XtCTemplateResource "TemplateResource" /* declare specific TemplateWidget class and instance datatypes */ typedef struct _TemplateClassRec *TemplateWidgetClass; typedef struct _TemplateRec *TemplateWidget; /* declare the class constant */ extern WidgetClass templateWidgetClass; #endif /* _Template_h */ You will notice that most of this file is documentation. The crucial parts are the last 8 lines where macros for any private resource names and classes are defined and where the widget class datatypes and class record pointer are declared. 1m2060m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m For the "WindowWidget", we want 2 drawing colors, a callback list for user input and an 1mexposeCallback 22mcallback list, and we will declare three convenience procedures, so we need to add /* Resources: ... callback Callback Callback NULL drawingColor1 Color PixelXtDefaultForeground drawingColor2 Color PixelXtDefaultForeground exposeCallback Callback CallbackNULL font Font XFontStruct*XtDefaultFont ... */ #define XtNdrawingColor1 "drawingColor1" #define XtNdrawingColor2 "drawingColor2" #define XtNexposeCallback "exposeCallback" extern Pixel WindowColor1(/* Widget */); extern Pixel WindowColor2(/* Widget */); extern Font WindowFont(/* Widget */); Note that we have chosen to call the input callback list by the generic name, 1mcallback22m, rather than a specific name. If widgets that define a single user-input action all choose the same resource name then there is greater possibility for an application to switch between widgets of different types. 1m7.2. Private Header File0m The private header file contains the complete declaration of the class and instance structures for the widget and any additional private data that will be required by anticipated subclasses of the widget. Information in the private header file is normally hidden from the application and is designed to be accessed only through other public procedures; e.g. 4mXtSetValues24m. The contents of the Template private header file, <4mX11/Xaw/TemplateP.h24m>, are: /* Copyright 1987, 1998 The Open Group Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that 1m2070m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation. The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group. */ /* $XFree86: xc/doc/specs/Xaw/Template,v 1.3 2006/01/09 14:56:30 dawes Exp $ */ #ifndef _TemplateP_h #define _TemplateP_h #include /* include superclass private header file */ #include /* define unique representation types not found in */ #define XtRTemplateResource "TemplateResource" typedef struct { XtPointer extension; } TemplateClassPart; typedef struct _TemplateClassRec { CoreClassPart core_class; TemplateClassPart template_class; } TemplateClassRec; extern TemplateClassRec templateClassRec; typedef struct { /* resources */ char* resource; /* private */ char *private; } TemplatePart; typedef struct _TemplateRec { CorePart core; #if defined(__cplusplus) || defined(c_plusplus) TemplatePart c_template; 1m2080m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m #else TemplatePart template; #endif } TemplateRec; #endif /* _TemplateP_h */ The private header file includes the private header file of its superclass, thereby exposing the entire internal struc- ture of the widget. It may not always be advantageous to do this; your own project development style will dictate the appropriate level of detail to expose in each module. The "WindowWidget" needs to declare two fields in its instance structure to hold the drawing colors, a resource field for the font and a field for the expose and user input callback lists: typedef struct { /* resources */ Pixel color_1; Pixel color_2; XFontStruct* font; XtCallbackList expose_callback; XtCallbackList input_callback; /* private state */ /* (none) */ } WindowPart; 1m7.3. Widget Source File0m The source code file implements the widget class itself. The unique part of this file is the declaration and initial- ization of the widget class record structure and the decla- ration of all resources and action routines added by the widget class. The contents of the Template implementation file, <4mX11/Xaw/Template.c24m>, are: /* Copyright 1987, 1998 The Open Group Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that 1m2090m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation. The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group. */ /* $XFree86: xc/doc/specs/Xaw/Template,v 1.3 2006/01/09 14:56:30 dawes Exp $ */ #include #include #include /* * Class Methods */ static void TemplateInitialize(Widget, Widget, ArgList, Cardinal*); /* * Prototypes */ static Bool TemplateFunction(TemplateWidget, int, int, Bool); /* * Actions */ static void TemplateAction(Widget, XEvent*, String*, Cardinal*); /* * Initialization */ #define offset(field) XtOffsetOf(TemplateRec, template.field) static XtResource resources[] = { /*{ name, class, type, size, offset, default_type, default_addr },*/ { 1m2100m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m XtNtemplateResource, XtCTemplateResource, XtRTemplateResource, sizeof(char*), offset(resource), XtRString, (XtPointer)"default" }, }; #undef offset static XtActionsRec actions[] = { /*{name, procedure},*/ {"template", TemplateAction}, }; static char translations[] = ":" "template()0 ; #define Superclass (&widgetClassRec) TemplateClassRec templateClassRec = { /* core */ { (WidgetClass)Superclass, /* superclass */ "Template", /* class_name */ sizeof(TemplateRec), /* widget_size */ NULL, /* class_initialize */ NULL, /* class_part_initialize */ False, /* class_inited */ TemplateInitialize, /* initialize */ NULL, /* initialize_hook */ XtInheritRealize, /* realize */ actions, /* actions */ XtNumber(actions), /* num_actions */ resources, /* resources */ XtNumber(resources), /* num_resources */ NULLQUARK, /* xrm_class */ True, /* compress_motion */ True, /* compress_exposure */ True, /* compress_enterleave */ False, /* visible_interest */ NULL, /* destroy */ NULL, /* resize */ NULL, /* expose */ NULL, /* set_values */ NULL, /* set_values_hook */ XtInheritSetValuesAlmost, /* set_values_almost */ NULL, /* get_values_hook */ NULL, /* accept_focus */ XtVersion, /* version */ NULL, /* callback_private */ translations, /* tm_table */ 1m2110m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m XtInheritQueryGeometry, /* query_geometry */ XtInheritDisplayAccelerator, /* display_accelerator */ NULL, /* extension */ }, /* template */ { NULL, /* extension */ } }; WidgetClass templateWidgetClass = (WidgetClass)&templateClassRec; The resource list for the "WindowWidget" might look like the following: static XtResource resources[] = { #define offset(field) XtOffsetOf(WindowWidgetRec, window.field) /* {name, class, type, size, offset, default_type, default_addr}, */ { XtNdrawingColor1, XtCColor, XtRPixel, sizeof(Pixel), offset(color_1), XtRString, XtDefaultForeground }, { XtNdrawingColor2, XtCColor, XtRPixel, sizeof(Pixel), offset(color_2), XtRString, XtDefaultForeground }, { XtNfont, XtCFont, XtRFontStruct, sizeof(XFontStruct*), offset(font), XtRString, XtDefaultFont }, { XtNexposeCallback, XtCCallback, XtRCallback, sizeof(XtCallbackList), offset(expose_callback), XtRCallback, NULL }, { XtNcallback, XtCCallback, XtRCallback, sizeof(XtCallbackList), offset(input_callback), XtRCallback, NULL }, #undef offset }; The user input callback will be implemented by an action procedure which passes the event pointer as call_data. The action procedure is declared as: /* ARGSUSED */ static void InputAction(w, event, params, num_params) Widget w; XEvent *event; String *params; /* unused */ Cardinal *num_params; /* unused */ { XtCallCallbacks(w, XtNcallback, (XtPointer)event); } static XtActionsRec actions[] = { /* {name, procedure}, */ {"input", InputAction}, }; 1m2120m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m and the default input binding will be to execute the input callbacks on 4mKeyPress24m and 4mButtonPress24m: static char translations[] = " : input() \n\ : input() \ "; In the class record declaration and initialization, the only field that is different from the Template is the expose pro- cedure: /* ARGSUSED */ static void Redisplay(w, event, region) Widget w; XEvent *event; /* unused */ Region region; { XtCallCallbacks(w, XtNexposeCallback, (XtPointer)region); } WindowClassRec windowClassRec = { ... /* expose */ Redisplay, The "WindowWidget" will also declare three public procedures to return the drawing colors and the font id, saving the application the effort of constructing an argument list for a call to 4mXtGetValues24m: Pixel WindowColor1(w) Widget w; { return ((WindowWidget)w)->window.color_1; } Pixel WindowColor2(w) Widget w; { return ((WindowWidget)w)->window.color_2; } Font WindowFont(w) Widget w; 1m2130m 1mAthena Widget Set X11, Release 6.40m { return ((WindowWidget)w)->window.font->fid; } The "WindowWidget" is now complete. The application can retrieve the two drawing colors from the widget instance by calling either 4mXtGetValues24m, or the 1mWindowColor 22mfunctions. The actual window created for the "WindowWidget" is avail- able by calling the 4mXtWindow24m function. 1m2140m 1mTable of Contents0m Acknowledgments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . v Chapter 1 - Athena Widgets and The Intrinsics . . . . . 1 Introduction to the X Toolkit . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Terminology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Underlying Model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Input Focus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Chapter 2 - Using Widgets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Setting the Locale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Initializing the Toolkit . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Creating a Widget . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Common Resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Resource Conversions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Realizing a Widget . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Processing Events . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Standard Widget Manipulation Functions . . . . . . 15 Using the Client Callback Interface . . . . . . . . 18 Programming Considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Example Programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Chapter 3 - Simple Widgets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Command Widget . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Grip Widget . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Label Widget . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 List Widget . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Panner Widget . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Repeater Widget . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 Scrollbar Widget . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 Simple Widget . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 StripChart Widget . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 Toggle Widget . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 Chapter 4 - Menus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 Using the Menus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 SimpleMenu Widget . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 SmeBSB Object . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 SmeLine Object . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 Sme Object . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 MenuButton Widget . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 Chapter 5 - Text Widgets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 Text Widget for Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 Actions Supported by all Text Widgets . . . . . . . 116 Default Translation Bindings . . . . . . . . . . . 125 Text Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 AsciiText Widget . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 AsciiSrc Object . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140 AsciiSink Object . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145 Customizing the Text Widget . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 Text Widget . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148 TextSrc Object . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153 TextSink Object . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158 Chapter 6 - Composite and Constraint Widgets . . . . . . 166 Box Widget . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 1miii0m Dialog Widget . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170 Form Widget . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177 Paned Widget . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182 Porthole Widget . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192 Tree Widget . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195 Viewport Widget . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199 Chapter 7 - Creating New Widgets (Subclassing) . . . . . 203 Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215 1miv0m